1 <!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC
"-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
4 <TITLE>Lua
5.3 Reference Manual
</TITLE>
5 <LINK REL=
"stylesheet" TYPE=
"text/css" HREF=
"lua.css">
6 <LINK REL=
"stylesheet" TYPE=
"text/css" HREF=
"manual.css">
7 <META HTTP-EQUIV=
"content-type" CONTENT=
"text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
13 <A HREF=
"http://www.lua.org/"><IMG SRC=
"logo.gif" ALT=
"Lua"></A>
14 Lua
5.3 Reference Manual
18 by Roberto Ierusalimschy, Luiz Henrique de Figueiredo, Waldemar Celes
22 Copyright
© 2015 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
23 Freely available under the terms of the
24 <a href=
"http://www.lua.org/license.html">Lua license
</a>.
28 <A HREF=
"contents.html#contents">contents
</A>
30 <A HREF=
"contents.html#index">index
</A>
32 <A HREF=
"http://www.lua.org/manual/">other versions
</A>
35 <!-- ====================================================================== -->
38 <!-- Id: manual.of,v 1.151 2015/06/10 21:08:57 roberto Exp -->
43 <h1>1 – <a name=
"1">Introduction
</a></h1>
46 Lua is an extension programming language designed to support
47 general procedural programming with data description
49 Lua also offers good support for object-oriented programming,
50 functional programming, and data-driven programming.
51 Lua is intended to be used as a powerful, lightweight,
52 embeddable scripting language for any program that needs one.
53 Lua is implemented as a library, written in
<em>clean C
</em>,
54 the common subset of Standard
C and C++.
58 As an extension language, Lua has no notion of a
"main" program:
59 it only works
<em>embedded
</em> in a host client,
60 called the
<em>embedding program
</em> or simply the
<em>host
</em>.
61 The host program can invoke functions to execute a piece of Lua code,
62 can write and read Lua variables,
63 and can register C
functions to be called by Lua code.
64 Through the use of C
functions, Lua can be augmented to cope with
65 a wide range of different domains,
66 thus creating customized programming languages sharing a syntactical framework.
67 The Lua distribution includes a sample host program called
<code>lua
</code>,
68 which uses the Lua library to offer a complete, standalone Lua interpreter,
69 for interactive or batch use.
74 and is provided as usual with no guarantees,
75 as stated in its license.
76 The implementation described in this manual is available
77 at Lua's official web site,
<code>www.lua.org
</code>.
81 Like any other reference manual,
82 this document is dry in places.
83 For a discussion of the decisions behind the design of Lua,
84 see the technical papers available at Lua's web site.
85 For a detailed introduction to programming in Lua,
86 see Roberto's book,
<em>Programming in Lua
</em>.
90 <h1>2 – <a name=
"2">Basic Concepts
</a></h1>
93 This section describes the basic concepts of the language.
97 <h2>2.1 – <a name=
"2.1">Values and Types
</a></h2>
100 Lua is a
<em>dynamically typed language
</em>.
102 variables do not have types; only values do.
103 There are no type definitions in the language.
104 All values carry their own type.
108 All values in Lua are
<em>first-class values
</em>.
109 This means that all values can be stored in variables,
110 passed as arguments to other functions, and returned as results.
114 There are eight basic types in Lua:
115 <em>nil
</em>,
<em>boolean
</em>,
<em>number
</em>,
116 <em>string
</em>,
<em>function
</em>,
<em>userdata
</em>,
117 <em>thread
</em>, and
<em>table
</em>.
118 The type
<em>nil
</em> has one single value,
<b>nil
</b>,
119 whose main property is to be different from any other value;
120 it usually represents the absence of a useful value.
121 The type
<em>boolean
</em> has two values,
<b>false
</b> and
<b>true
</b>.
122 Both
<b>nil
</b> and
<b>false
</b> make a condition false;
123 any other value makes it true.
124 The type
<em>number
</em> represents both
125 integer numbers and real (floating-point) numbers.
126 The type
<em>string
</em> represents immutable sequences of bytes.
129 strings can contain any
8-bit value,
130 including embedded zeros ('
<code>\
0</code>').
131 Lua is also encoding-agnostic;
132 it makes no assumptions about the contents of a string.
136 The type
<em>number
</em> uses two internal representations,
138 one called
<em>integer
</em> and the other called
<em>float
</em>.
139 Lua has explicit rules about when each representation is used,
140 but it also converts between them automatically as needed (see
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>).
142 the programmer may choose to mostly ignore the difference
143 between integers and floats
144 or to assume complete control over the representation of each number.
145 Standard Lua uses
64-bit integers and double-precision (
64-bit) floats,
146 but you can also compile Lua so that it
147 uses
32-bit integers and/or single-precision (
32-bit) floats.
148 The option with
32 bits for both integers and floats
149 is particularly attractive
150 for small machines and embedded systems.
151 (See macro
<code>LUA_32BITS
</code> in file
<code>luaconf.h
</code>.)
155 Lua can call (and manipulate) functions written in Lua and
156 functions written in C (see
<a href=
"#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>).
157 Both are represented by the type
<em>function
</em>.
161 The type
<em>userdata
</em> is provided to allow arbitrary C
data to
162 be stored in Lua variables.
163 A userdata value represents a block of raw memory.
164 There are two kinds of userdata:
165 <em>full userdata
</em>,
166 which is an object with a block of memory managed by Lua,
167 and
<em>light userdata
</em>,
168 which is simply a C
pointer value.
169 Userdata has no predefined operations in Lua,
170 except assignment and identity test.
171 By using
<em>metatables
</em>,
172 the programmer can define operations for full userdata values
173 (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
174 Userdata values cannot be created or modified in Lua,
175 only through the C
API.
176 This guarantees the integrity of data owned by the host program.
180 The type
<em>thread
</em> represents independent threads of execution
181 and it is used to implement coroutines (see
<a href=
"#2.6">§2.6</a>).
182 Lua threads are not related to operating-system threads.
183 Lua supports coroutines on all systems,
184 even those that do not support threads natively.
188 The type
<em>table
</em> implements associative arrays,
189 that is, arrays that can be indexed not only with numbers,
190 but with any Lua value except
<b>nil
</b> and NaN.
191 (
<em>Not a Number
</em> is a special value used to represent
192 undefined or unrepresentable numerical results, such as
<code>0/
0</code>.)
193 Tables can be
<em>heterogeneous
</em>;
194 that is, they can contain values of all types (except
<b>nil
</b>).
195 Any key with value
<b>nil
</b> is not considered part of the table.
196 Conversely, any key that is not part of a table has
197 an associated value
<b>nil
</b>.
201 Tables are the sole data-structuring mechanism in Lua;
202 they can be used to represent ordinary arrays, sequences,
203 symbol tables, sets, records, graphs, trees, etc.
204 To represent records, Lua uses the field name as an index.
205 The language supports this representation by
206 providing
<code>a.name
</code> as syntactic sugar for
<code>a[
"name"]
</code>.
207 There are several convenient ways to create tables in Lua
208 (see
<a href=
"#3.4.9">§3.4.9</a>).
212 We use the term
<em>sequence
</em> to denote a table where
213 the set of all positive numeric keys is equal to {
1..
<em>n
</em>}
214 for some non-negative integer
<em>n
</em>,
215 which is called the length of the sequence (see
<a href=
"#3.4.7">§3.4.7</a>).
220 the values of table fields can be of any type.
222 because functions are first-class values,
223 table fields can contain functions.
224 Thus tables can also carry
<em>methods
</em> (see
<a href=
"#3.4.11">§3.4.11</a>).
228 The indexing of tables follows
229 the definition of raw equality in the language.
230 The expressions
<code>a[i]
</code> and
<code>a[j]
</code>
231 denote the same table element
232 if and only if
<code>i
</code> and
<code>j
</code> are raw equal
233 (that is, equal without metamethods).
234 In particular, floats with integral values
235 are equal to their respective integers
236 (e.g.,
<code>1.0 ==
1</code>).
237 To avoid ambiguities,
238 any float with integral value used as a key
239 is converted to its respective integer.
240 For instance, if you write
<code>a[
2.0] = true
</code>,
241 the actual key inserted into the table will be the
242 integer
<code>2</code>.
244 2 and
"<code>2</code>" are different Lua values and therefore
245 denote different table entries.)
249 Tables, functions, threads, and (full) userdata values are
<em>objects
</em>:
250 variables do not actually
<em>contain
</em> these values,
251 only
<em>references
</em> to them.
252 Assignment, parameter passing, and function returns
253 always manipulate references to such values;
254 these operations do not imply any kind of copy.
258 The library function
<a href=
"#pdf-type"><code>type
</code></a> returns a string describing the type
259 of a given value (see
<a href=
"#6.1">§6.1</a>).
265 <h2>2.2 – <a name=
"2.2">Environments and the Global Environment
</a></h2>
268 As will be discussed in
<a href=
"#3.2">§3.2</a> and
<a href=
"#3.3.3">§3.3.3</a>,
269 any reference to a free name
270 (that is, a name not bound to any declaration)
<code>var
</code>
271 is syntactically translated to
<code>_ENV.var
</code>.
272 Moreover, every chunk is compiled in the scope of
273 an external local variable named
<code>_ENV
</code> (see
<a href=
"#3.3.2">§3.3.2</a>),
274 so
<code>_ENV
</code> itself is never a free name in a chunk.
278 Despite the existence of this external
<code>_ENV
</code> variable and
279 the translation of free names,
280 <code>_ENV
</code> is a completely regular name.
282 you can define new variables and parameters with that name.
283 Each reference to a free name uses the
<code>_ENV
</code> that is
284 visible at that point in the program,
285 following the usual visibility rules of Lua (see
<a href=
"#3.5">§3.5</a>).
289 Any table used as the value of
<code>_ENV
</code> is called an
<em>environment
</em>.
293 Lua keeps a distinguished environment called the
<em>global environment
</em>.
294 This value is kept at a special index in the C registry (see
<a href=
"#4.5">§4.5</a>).
295 In Lua, the global variable
<a href=
"#pdf-_G"><code>_G
</code></a> is initialized with this same value.
296 (
<a href=
"#pdf-_G"><code>_G
</code></a> is never used internally.)
300 When Lua loads a chunk,
301 the default value for its
<code>_ENV
</code> upvalue
302 is the global environment (see
<a href=
"#pdf-load"><code>load
</code></a>).
303 Therefore, by default,
304 free names in Lua code refer to entries in the global environment
305 (and, therefore, they are also called
<em>global variables
</em>).
306 Moreover, all standard libraries are loaded in the global environment
307 and some functions there operate on that environment.
308 You can use
<a href=
"#pdf-load"><code>load
</code></a> (or
<a href=
"#pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile
</code></a>)
309 to load a chunk with a different environment.
310 (In C, you have to load the chunk and then change the value
311 of its first upvalue.)
317 <h2>2.3 – <a name=
"2.3">Error Handling
</a></h2>
320 Because Lua is an embedded extension language,
321 all Lua actions start from C
code in the host program
322 calling a function from the Lua library.
323 (When you use Lua standalone,
324 the
<code>lua
</code> application is the host program.)
325 Whenever an error occurs during
326 the compilation or execution of a Lua chunk,
327 control returns to the host,
328 which can take appropriate measures
329 (such as printing an error message).
333 Lua code can explicitly generate an error by calling the
334 <a href=
"#pdf-error"><code>error
</code></a> function.
335 If you need to catch errors in Lua,
336 you can use
<a href=
"#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall
</code></a> or
<a href=
"#pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall
</code></a>
337 to call a given function in
<em>protected mode
</em>.
341 Whenever there is an error,
342 an
<em>error object
</em> (also called an
<em>error message
</em>)
343 is propagated with information about the error.
344 Lua itself only generates errors whose error object is a string,
345 but programs may generate errors with
346 any value as the error object.
347 It is up to the Lua program or its host to handle such error objects.
351 When you use
<a href=
"#pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall
</code></a> or
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a>,
352 you may give a
<em>message handler
</em>
353 to be called in case of errors.
354 This function is called with the original error message
355 and returns a new error message.
356 It is called before the error unwinds the stack,
357 so that it can gather more information about the error,
358 for instance by inspecting the stack and creating a stack traceback.
359 This message handler is still protected by the protected call;
360 so, an error inside the message handler
361 will call the message handler again.
362 If this loop goes on for too long,
363 Lua breaks it and returns an appropriate message.
369 <h2>2.4 – <a name=
"2.4">Metatables and Metamethods
</a></h2>
372 Every value in Lua can have a
<em>metatable
</em>.
373 This
<em>metatable
</em> is an ordinary Lua table
374 that defines the behavior of the original value
375 under certain special operations.
376 You can change several aspects of the behavior
377 of operations over a value by setting specific fields in its metatable.
378 For instance, when a non-numeric value is the operand of an addition,
379 Lua checks for a function in the field
"<code>__add</code>" of the value's metatable.
381 Lua calls this function to perform the addition.
385 The keys in a metatable are derived from the
<em>event
</em> names;
386 the corresponding values are called
<em>metamethods
</em>.
387 In the previous example, the event is
<code>"add"</code>
388 and the metamethod is the function that performs the addition.
392 You can query the metatable of any value
393 using the
<a href=
"#pdf-getmetatable"><code>getmetatable
</code></a> function.
397 You can replace the metatable of tables
398 using the
<a href=
"#pdf-setmetatable"><code>setmetatable
</code></a> function.
399 You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua code
400 (except by using the debug library (
<a href=
"#6.10">§6.10</a>));
401 you must use the C
API for that.
405 Tables and full userdata have individual metatables
406 (although multiple tables and userdata can share their metatables).
407 Values of all other types share one single metatable per type;
408 that is, there is one single metatable for all numbers,
409 one for all strings, etc.
410 By default, a value has no metatable,
411 but the string library sets a metatable for the string type (see
<a href=
"#6.4">§6.4</a>).
415 A metatable controls how an object behaves in
416 arithmetic operations, bitwise operations,
417 order comparisons, concatenation, length operation, calls, and indexing.
418 A metatable also can define a function to be called
419 when a userdata or a table is garbage collected (
<a href=
"#2.5">§2.5</a>).
423 A detailed list of events controlled by metatables is given next.
424 Each operation is identified by its corresponding event name.
425 The key for each event is a string with its name prefixed by
426 two underscores, '
<code>__
</code>';
427 for instance, the key for operation
"add" is the
428 string
"<code>__add</code>".
429 Note that queries for metamethods are always raw;
430 the access to a metamethod does not invoke other metamethods.
434 For the unary operators (negation, length, and bitwise not),
435 the metamethod is computed and called with a dummy second operand,
436 equal to the first one.
437 This extra operand is only to simplify Lua's internals
438 (by making these operators behave like a binary operation)
439 and may be removed in future versions.
440 (For most uses this extra operand is irrelevant.)
447 the
<code>+
</code> operation.
449 If any operand for an addition is not a number
450 (nor a string coercible to a number),
451 Lua will try to call a metamethod.
452 First, Lua will check the first operand (even if it is valid).
453 If that operand does not define a metamethod for the
"<code>__add</code>" event,
454 then Lua will check the second operand.
455 If Lua can find a metamethod,
456 it calls the metamethod with the two operands as arguments,
457 and the result of the call
458 (adjusted to one value)
459 is the result of the operation.
465 the
<code>-
</code> operation.
467 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
471 the
<code>*
</code> operation.
473 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
477 the
<code>/
</code> operation.
479 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
483 the
<code>%
</code> operation.
485 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
489 the
<code>^
</code> (exponentiation) operation.
491 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
495 the
<code>-
</code> (unary minus) operation.
497 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
501 the
<code>//
</code> (floor division) operation.
503 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation.
507 the
<code>&</code> (bitwise and) operation.
509 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation,
510 except that Lua will try a metamethod
511 if any operand is neither an integer
512 nor a value coercible to an integer (see
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>).
516 the
<code>|
</code> (bitwise or) operation.
518 Behavior similar to the
"band" operation.
522 the
<code>~
</code> (bitwise exclusive or) operation.
524 Behavior similar to the
"band" operation.
528 the
<code>~
</code> (bitwise unary not) operation.
530 Behavior similar to the
"band" operation.
534 the
<code><<</code> (bitwise left shift) operation.
536 Behavior similar to the
"band" operation.
540 the
<code>>></code> (bitwise right shift) operation.
542 Behavior similar to the
"band" operation.
545 <li><b>"concat":
</b>
546 the
<code>..
</code> (concatenation) operation.
548 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation,
549 except that Lua will try a metamethod
550 if any operand is neither a string nor a number
551 (which is always coercible to a string).
555 the
<code>#
</code> (length) operation.
557 If the object is not a string,
558 Lua will try its metamethod.
559 If there is a metamethod,
560 Lua calls it with the object as argument,
561 and the result of the call
562 (always adjusted to one value)
563 is the result of the operation.
564 If there is no metamethod but the object is a table,
565 then Lua uses the table length operation (see
<a href=
"#3.4.7">§3.4.7</a>).
566 Otherwise, Lua raises an error.
570 the
<code>==
</code> (equal) operation.
572 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation,
573 except that Lua will try a metamethod only when the values
574 being compared are either both tables or both full userdata
575 and they are not primitively equal.
576 The result of the call is always converted to a boolean.
580 the
<code><</code> (less than) operation.
582 Behavior similar to the
"add" operation,
583 except that Lua will try a metamethod only when the values
584 being compared are neither both numbers nor both strings.
585 The result of the call is always converted to a boolean.
589 the
<code><=
</code> (less equal) operation.
591 Unlike other operations,
592 The less-equal operation can use two different events.
593 First, Lua looks for the
"<code>__le</code>" metamethod in both operands,
594 like in the
"lt" operation.
595 If it cannot find such a metamethod,
596 then it will try the
"<code>__lt</code>" event,
597 assuming that
<code>a
<= b
</code> is equivalent to
<code>not (b
< a)
</code>.
598 As with the other comparison operators,
599 the result is always a boolean.
600 (This use of the
"<code>__lt</code>" event can be removed in future versions;
601 it is also slower than a real
"<code>__le</code>" metamethod.)
605 The indexing access
<code>table[key]
</code>.
607 This event happens when
<code>table
</code> is not a table or
608 when
<code>key
</code> is not present in
<code>table
</code>.
609 The metamethod is looked up in
<code>table
</code>.
614 the metamethod for this event can be either a function or a table.
616 it is called with
<code>table
</code> and
<code>key
</code> as arguments.
618 the final result is the result of indexing this table with
<code>key
</code>.
619 (This indexing is regular, not raw,
620 and therefore can trigger another metamethod.)
623 <li><b>"newindex":
</b>
624 The indexing assignment
<code>table[key] = value
</code>.
626 Like the index event,
627 this event happens when
<code>table
</code> is not a table or
628 when
<code>key
</code> is not present in
<code>table
</code>.
629 The metamethod is looked up in
<code>table
</code>.
634 the metamethod for this event can be either a function or a table.
636 it is called with
<code>table
</code>,
<code>key
</code>, and
<code>value
</code> as arguments.
638 Lua does an indexing assignment to this table with the same key and value.
639 (This assignment is regular, not raw,
640 and therefore can trigger another metamethod.)
644 Whenever there is a
"newindex" metamethod,
645 Lua does not perform the primitive assignment.
647 the metamethod itself can call
<a href=
"#pdf-rawset"><code>rawset
</code></a>
648 to do the assignment.)
652 The call operation
<code>func(args)
</code>.
654 This event happens when Lua tries to call a non-function value
655 (that is,
<code>func
</code> is not a function).
656 The metamethod is looked up in
<code>func
</code>.
658 the metamethod is called with
<code>func
</code> as its first argument,
659 followed by the arguments of the original call (
<code>args
</code>).
665 It is a good practice to add all needed metamethods to a table
666 before setting it as a metatable of some object.
667 In particular, the
"<code>__gc</code>" metamethod works only when this order
668 is followed (see
<a href=
"#2.5.1">§2.5.1</a>).
674 <h2>2.5 – <a name=
"2.5">Garbage Collection
</a></h2>
677 Lua performs automatic memory management.
679 you do not have to worry about allocating memory for new objects
680 or freeing it when the objects are no longer needed.
681 Lua manages memory automatically by running
682 a
<em>garbage collector
</em> to collect all
<em>dead objects
</em>
683 (that is, objects that are no longer accessible from Lua).
684 All memory used by Lua is subject to automatic management:
685 strings, tables, userdata, functions, threads, internal structures, etc.
689 Lua implements an incremental mark-and-sweep collector.
690 It uses two numbers to control its garbage-collection cycles:
691 the
<em>garbage-collector pause
</em> and
692 the
<em>garbage-collector step multiplier
</em>.
693 Both use percentage points as units
694 (e.g., a value of
100 means an internal value of
1).
698 The garbage-collector pause
699 controls how long the collector waits before starting a new cycle.
700 Larger values make the collector less aggressive.
701 Values smaller than
100 mean the collector will not wait to
703 A value of
200 means that the collector waits for the total memory in use
704 to double before starting a new cycle.
708 The garbage-collector step multiplier
709 controls the relative speed of the collector relative to
711 Larger values make the collector more aggressive but also increase
712 the size of each incremental step.
713 You should not use values smaller than
100,
714 because they make the collector too slow and
715 can result in the collector never finishing a cycle.
717 which means that the collector runs at
"twice"
718 the speed of memory allocation.
722 If you set the step multiplier to a very large number
723 (larger than
10% of the maximum number of
724 bytes that the program may use),
725 the collector behaves like a stop-the-world collector.
726 If you then set the pause to
200,
727 the collector behaves as in old Lua versions,
728 doing a complete collection every time Lua doubles its
733 You can change these numbers by calling
<a href=
"#lua_gc"><code>lua_gc
</code></a> in C
734 or
<a href=
"#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage
</code></a> in Lua.
735 You can also use these functions to control
736 the collector directly (e.g., stop and restart it).
740 <h3>2.5.1 – <a name=
"2.5.1">Garbage-Collection Metamethods
</a></h3>
743 You can set garbage-collector metamethods for tables
744 and, using the C
API,
745 for full userdata (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
746 These metamethods are also called
<em>finalizers
</em>.
747 Finalizers allow you to coordinate Lua's garbage collection
748 with external resource management
749 (such as closing files, network or database connections,
750 or freeing your own memory).
754 For an object (table or userdata) to be finalized when collected,
755 you must
<em>mark
</em> it for finalization.
757 You mark an object for finalization when you set its metatable
758 and the metatable has a field indexed by the string
"<code>__gc</code>".
759 Note that if you set a metatable without a
<code>__gc
</code> field
760 and later create that field in the metatable,
761 the object will not be marked for finalization.
765 When a marked object becomes garbage,
766 it is not collected immediately by the garbage collector.
767 Instead, Lua puts it in a list.
768 After the collection,
769 Lua goes through that list.
770 For each object in the list,
771 it checks the object's
<code>__gc
</code> metamethod:
773 Lua calls it with the object as its single argument;
774 if the metamethod is not a function,
775 Lua simply ignores it.
779 At the end of each garbage-collection cycle,
780 the finalizers for objects are called in
781 the reverse order that the objects were marked for finalization,
782 among those collected in that cycle;
783 that is, the first finalizer to be called is the one associated
784 with the object marked last in the program.
785 The execution of each finalizer may occur at any point during
786 the execution of the regular code.
790 Because the object being collected must still be used by the finalizer,
791 that object (and other objects accessible only through it)
792 must be
<em>resurrected
</em> by Lua.
793 Usually, this resurrection is transient,
794 and the object memory is freed in the next garbage-collection cycle.
795 However, if the finalizer stores the object in some global place
796 (e.g., a global variable),
797 then the resurrection is permanent.
798 Moreover, if the finalizer marks a finalizing object for finalization again,
799 its finalizer will be called again in the next cycle where the
800 object is unreachable.
802 the object memory is freed only in a GC cycle where
803 the object is unreachable and not marked for finalization.
807 When you close a state (see
<a href=
"#lua_close"><code>lua_close
</code></a>),
808 Lua calls the finalizers of all objects marked for finalization,
809 following the reverse order that they were marked.
810 If any finalizer marks objects for collection during that phase,
811 these marks have no effect.
817 <h3>2.5.2 – <a name=
"2.5.2">Weak Tables
</a></h3>
820 A
<em>weak table
</em> is a table whose elements are
821 <em>weak references
</em>.
822 A weak reference is ignored by the garbage collector.
824 if the only references to an object are weak references,
825 then the garbage collector will collect that object.
829 A weak table can have weak keys, weak values, or both.
830 A table with weak values allows the collection of its values,
831 but prevents the collection of its keys.
832 A table with both weak keys and weak values allows the collection of
833 both keys and values.
834 In any case, if either the key or the value is collected,
835 the whole pair is removed from the table.
836 The weakness of a table is controlled by the
837 <code>__mode
</code> field of its metatable.
838 If the
<code>__mode
</code> field is a string containing the character
'
<code>k
</code>',
839 the keys in the table are weak.
840 If
<code>__mode
</code> contains '
<code>v
</code>',
841 the values in the table are weak.
845 A table with weak keys and strong values
846 is also called an
<em>ephemeron table
</em>.
847 In an ephemeron table,
848 a value is considered reachable only if its key is reachable.
850 if the only reference to a key comes through its value,
855 Any change in the weakness of a table may take effect only
856 at the next collect cycle.
857 In particular, if you change the weakness to a stronger mode,
858 Lua may still collect some items from that table
859 before the change takes effect.
863 Only objects that have an explicit construction
864 are removed from weak tables.
865 Values, such as numbers and light C functions,
866 are not subject to garbage collection,
867 and therefore are not removed from weak tables
868 (unless their associated values are collected).
869 Although strings are subject to garbage collection,
870 they do not have an explicit construction,
871 and therefore are not removed from weak tables.
876 (that is, objects being finalized
877 and objects accessible only through objects being finalized)
878 have a special behavior in weak tables.
879 They are removed from weak values before running their finalizers,
880 but are removed from weak keys only in the next collection
881 after running their finalizers, when such objects are actually freed.
882 This behavior allows the finalizer to access properties
883 associated with the object through weak tables.
887 If a weak table is among the resurrected objects in a collection cycle,
888 it may not be properly cleared until the next cycle.
896 <h2>2.6 – <a name=
"2.6">Coroutines
</a></h2>
899 Lua supports coroutines,
900 also called
<em>collaborative multithreading
</em>.
901 A coroutine in Lua represents an independent thread of execution.
902 Unlike threads in multithread systems, however,
903 a coroutine only suspends its execution by explicitly calling
908 You create a coroutine by calling
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create
</code></a>.
909 Its sole argument is a function
910 that is the main function of the coroutine.
911 The
<code>create
</code> function only creates a new coroutine and
912 returns a handle to it (an object of type
<em>thread
</em>);
913 it does not start the coroutine.
917 You execute a coroutine by calling
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a>.
918 When you first call
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a>,
919 passing as its first argument
920 a thread returned by
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create
</code></a>,
921 the coroutine starts its execution by
922 calling its main function.
923 Extra arguments passed to
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a> are passed
924 as arguments to that function.
925 After the coroutine starts running,
926 it runs until it terminates or
<em>yields
</em>.
930 A coroutine can terminate its execution in two ways:
931 normally, when its main function returns
932 (explicitly or implicitly, after the last instruction);
933 and abnormally, if there is an unprotected error.
934 In case of normal termination,
935 <a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a> returns
<b>true
</b>,
936 plus any values returned by the coroutine main function.
937 In case of errors,
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a> returns
<b>false
</b>
938 plus an error message.
942 A coroutine yields by calling
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield
</code></a>.
943 When a coroutine yields,
944 the corresponding
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a> returns immediately,
945 even if the yield happens inside nested function calls
946 (that is, not in the main function,
947 but in a function directly or indirectly called by the main function).
948 In the case of a yield,
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a> also returns
<b>true
</b>,
949 plus any values passed to
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield
</code></a>.
950 The next time you resume the same coroutine,
951 it continues its execution from the point where it yielded,
952 with the call to
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield
</code></a> returning any extra
953 arguments passed to
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a>.
957 Like
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create
</code></a>,
958 the
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap
</code></a> function also creates a coroutine,
959 but instead of returning the coroutine itself,
960 it returns a function that, when called, resumes the coroutine.
961 Any arguments passed to this function
962 go as extra arguments to
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a>.
963 <a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap
</code></a> returns all the values returned by
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a>,
964 except the first one (the boolean error code).
965 Unlike
<a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume
</code></a>,
966 <a href=
"#pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap
</code></a> does not catch errors;
967 any error is propagated to the caller.
971 As an example of how coroutines work,
972 consider the following code:
977 return coroutine.yield(
2*a)
980 co = coroutine.create(function (a,b)
981 print(
"co-body", a, b)
984 local r, s = coroutine.yield(a+b, a-b)
985 print(
"co-body", r, s)
989 print(
"main", coroutine.resume(co,
1,
10))
990 print(
"main", coroutine.resume(co,
"r"))
991 print(
"main", coroutine.resume(co,
"x",
"y"))
992 print(
"main", coroutine.resume(co,
"x",
"y"))
994 When you run it, it produces the following output:
1004 main false cannot resume dead coroutine
1008 You can also create and manipulate coroutines through the C API:
1009 see functions
<a href=
"#lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a>,
1010 and
<a href=
"#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield
</code></a>.
1016 <h1>3 – <a name=
"3">The Language
</a></h1>
1019 This section describes the lexis, the syntax, and the semantics of Lua.
1021 this section describes
1022 which tokens are valid,
1023 how they can be combined,
1024 and what their combinations mean.
1028 Language constructs will be explained using the usual extended BNF notation,
1030 {
<em>a
</em>}
means
0 or more
<em>a
</em>'s, and
1031 [
<em>a
</em>]
means an optional
<em>a
</em>.
1032 Non-terminals are shown like non-terminal,
1033 keywords are shown like
<b>kword
</b>,
1034 and other terminal symbols are shown like
‘<b>=
</b>’.
1035 The complete syntax of Lua can be found in
<a href=
"#9">§9</a>
1036 at the end of this manual.
1040 <h2>3.1 – <a name=
"3.1">Lexical Conventions
</a></h2>
1043 Lua is a free-form language.
1044 It ignores spaces (including new lines) and comments
1045 between lexical elements (tokens),
1046 except as delimiters between names and keywords.
1051 (also called
<em>identifiers
</em>)
1052 in Lua can be any string of letters,
1053 digits, and underscores,
1054 not beginning with a digit.
1055 Identifiers are used to name variables, table fields, and labels.
1059 The following
<em>keywords
</em> are reserved
1060 and cannot be used as names:
1064 and break do else elseif end
1065 false for function goto if in
1066 local nil not or repeat return
1067 then true until while
1071 Lua is a case-sensitive language:
1072 <code>and
</code> is a reserved word, but
<code>And
</code> and
<code>AND
</code>
1073 are two different, valid names.
1075 programs should avoid creating
1076 names that start with an underscore followed by
1077 one or more uppercase letters (such as
<a href=
"#pdf-_VERSION"><code>_VERSION
</code></a>).
1081 The following strings denote other tokens:
1085 & ~ |
<< >> //
1086 == ~=
<=
>=
< > =
1092 <em>Literal strings
</em>
1093 can be delimited by matching single or double quotes,
1094 and can contain the following C-like escape sequences:
1095 '
<code>\a
</code>' (bell),
1096 '
<code>\b
</code>' (backspace),
1097 '
<code>\f
</code>' (form feed),
1098 '
<code>\n
</code>' (newline),
1099 '
<code>\r
</code>' (carriage return),
1100 '
<code>\t
</code>' (horizontal tab),
1101 '
<code>\v
</code>' (vertical tab),
1102 '
<code>\\
</code>' (backslash),
1103 '
<code>\
"</code>' (quotation mark [double quote]),
1104 and '<code>\'</code>' (apostrophe [single quote]).
1105 A backslash followed by a real newline
1106 results in a newline in the string.
1107 The escape sequence '<code>\z</code>' skips the following span
1108 of white-space characters,
1109 including line breaks;
1110 it is particularly useful to break and indent a long literal string
1111 into multiple lines without adding the newlines and spaces
1112 into the string contents.
1116 Strings in Lua can contain any 8-bit value, including embedded zeros,
1117 which can be specified as '<code>\0</code>'.
1119 we can specify any byte in a literal string by its numeric value.
1121 with the escape sequence <code>\x<em>XX</em></code>,
1122 where <em>XX</em> is a sequence of exactly two hexadecimal digits,
1123 or with the escape sequence <code>\<em>ddd</em></code>,
1124 where <em>ddd</em> is a sequence of up to three decimal digits.
1125 (Note that if a decimal escape sequence is to be followed by a digit,
1126 it must be expressed using exactly three digits.)
1130 The UTF-8 encoding of a Unicode character
1131 can be inserted in a literal string with
1132 the escape sequence <code>\u{<em>XXX</em>}</code>
1133 (note the mandatory enclosing brackets),
1134 where <em>XXX</em> is a sequence of one or more hexadecimal digits
1135 representing the character code point.
1139 Literal strings can also be defined using a long format
1140 enclosed by <em>long brackets</em>.
1141 We define an <em>opening long bracket of level <em>n</em></em> as an opening
1142 square bracket followed by <em>n</em> equal signs followed by another
1143 opening square bracket.
1144 So, an opening long bracket of level 0 is written as <code>[[</code>,
1145 an opening long bracket of level 1 is written as <code>[=[</code>,
1147 A <em>closing long bracket</em> is defined similarly;
1149 a closing long bracket of level 4 is written as <code>]====]</code>.
1150 A <em>long literal</em> starts with an opening long bracket of any level and
1151 ends at the first closing long bracket of the same level.
1152 It can contain any text except a closing bracket of the same level.
1153 Literals in this bracketed form can run for several lines,
1154 do not interpret any escape sequences,
1155 and ignore long brackets of any other level.
1156 Any kind of end-of-line sequence
1157 (carriage return, newline, carriage return followed by newline,
1158 or newline followed by carriage return)
1159 is converted to a simple newline.
1163 Any byte in a literal string not
1164 explicitly affected by the previous rules represents itself.
1165 However, Lua opens files for parsing in text mode,
1166 and the system file functions may have problems with
1167 some control characters.
1168 So, it is safer to represent
1169 non-text data as a quoted literal with
1170 explicit escape sequences for non-text characters.
1175 when the opening long bracket is immediately followed by a newline,
1176 the newline is not included in the string.
1177 As an example, in a system using ASCII
1178 (in which '<code>a</code>' is coded as 97,
1179 newline is coded as 10, and '<code>1</code>' is coded as 49),
1180 the five literal strings below denote the same string:
1185 a = '\97lo\10\04923"'
1194 A
<em>numeric constant
</em> (or
<em>numeral
</em>)
1195 can be written with an optional fractional part
1196 and an optional decimal exponent,
1197 marked by a letter '
<code>e
</code>' or '
<code>E
</code>'.
1198 Lua also accepts hexadecimal constants,
1199 which start with
<code>0x
</code> or
<code>0X
</code>.
1200 Hexadecimal constants also accept an optional fractional part
1201 plus an optional binary exponent,
1202 marked by a letter '
<code>p
</code>' or '
<code>P
</code>'.
1203 A numeric constant with a fractional dot or an exponent
1205 otherwise it denotes an integer.
1206 Examples of valid integer constants are
1211 Examples of valid float constants are
1214 3.0 3.1416 314.16e-2 0.31416E1
34e1
1215 0x0.1E
0xA23p-
4 0X1.921FB54442D18P+
1
1219 A
<em>comment
</em> starts with a double hyphen (
<code>--
</code>)
1220 anywhere outside a string.
1221 If the text immediately after
<code>--
</code> is not an opening long bracket,
1222 the comment is a
<em>short comment
</em>,
1223 which runs until the end of the line.
1224 Otherwise, it is a
<em>long comment
</em>,
1225 which runs until the corresponding closing long bracket.
1226 Long comments are frequently used to disable code temporarily.
1232 <h2>3.2 – <a name=
"3.2">Variables
</a></h2>
1235 Variables are places that store values.
1236 There are three kinds of variables in Lua:
1237 global variables, local variables, and table fields.
1241 A single name can denote a global variable or a local variable
1242 (or a function's formal parameter,
1243 which is a particular kind of local variable):
1248 Name denotes identifiers, as defined in
<a href=
"#3.1">§3.1</a>.
1252 Any variable name is assumed to be global unless explicitly declared
1253 as a local (see
<a href=
"#3.3.7">§3.3.7</a>).
1254 Local variables are
<em>lexically scoped
</em>:
1255 local variables can be freely accessed by functions
1256 defined inside their scope (see
<a href=
"#3.5">§3.5</a>).
1260 Before the first assignment to a variable, its value is
<b>nil
</b>.
1264 Square brackets are used to index a table:
1267 var ::= prefixexp
‘<b>[
</b>’ exp
‘<b>]
</b>’
1269 The meaning of accesses to table fields can be changed via metatables.
1270 An access to an indexed variable
<code>t[i]
</code> is equivalent to
1271 a call
<code>gettable_event(t,i)
</code>.
1272 (See
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a> for a complete description of the
1273 <code>gettable_event
</code> function.
1274 This function is not defined or callable in Lua.
1275 We use it here only for explanatory purposes.)
1279 The syntax
<code>var.Name
</code> is just syntactic sugar for
1280 <code>var[
"Name"]
</code>:
1283 var ::= prefixexp
‘<b>.
</b>’ Name
1287 An access to a global variable
<code>x
</code>
1288 is equivalent to
<code>_ENV.x
</code>.
1289 Due to the way that chunks are compiled,
1290 <code>_ENV
</code> is never a global name (see
<a href=
"#2.2">§2.2</a>).
1296 <h2>3.3 – <a name=
"3.3">Statements
</a></h2>
1299 Lua supports an almost conventional set of statements,
1300 similar to those in Pascal or C.
1302 assignments, control structures, function calls,
1303 and variable declarations.
1307 <h3>3.3.1 – <a name=
"3.3.1">Blocks
</a></h3>
1310 A block is a list of statements,
1311 which are executed sequentially:
1316 Lua has
<em>empty statements
</em>
1317 that allow you to separate statements with semicolons,
1318 start a block with a semicolon
1319 or write two semicolons in sequence:
1322 stat ::=
‘<b>;
</b>’
1326 Function calls and assignments
1327 can start with an open parenthesis.
1328 This possibility leads to an ambiguity in Lua's grammar.
1329 Consider the following fragment:
1333 (print or io.write)('done')
1335 The grammar could see it in two ways:
1338 a = b + c(print or io.write)('done')
1340 a = b + c; (print or io.write)('done')
1342 The current parser always sees such constructions
1344 interpreting the open parenthesis
1345 as the start of the arguments to a call.
1346 To avoid this ambiguity,
1347 it is a good practice to always precede with a semicolon
1348 statements that start with a parenthesis:
1351 ;(print or io.write)('done')
1355 A block can be explicitly delimited to produce a single statement:
1358 stat ::=
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b>
1360 Explicit blocks are useful
1361 to control the scope of variable declarations.
1362 Explicit blocks are also sometimes used to
1363 add a
<b>return
</b> statement in the middle
1364 of another block (see
<a href=
"#3.3.4">§3.3.4</a>).
1370 <h3>3.3.2 – <a name=
"3.3.2">Chunks
</a></h3>
1373 The unit of compilation of Lua is called a
<em>chunk
</em>.
1375 a chunk is simply a block:
1382 Lua handles a chunk as the body of an anonymous function
1383 with a variable number of arguments
1384 (see
<a href=
"#3.4.11">§3.4.11</a>).
1385 As such, chunks can define local variables,
1386 receive arguments, and return values.
1387 Moreover, such anonymous function is compiled as in the
1388 scope of an external local variable called
<code>_ENV
</code> (see
<a href=
"#2.2">§2.2</a>).
1389 The resulting function always has
<code>_ENV
</code> as its only upvalue,
1390 even if it does not use that variable.
1394 A chunk can be stored in a file or in a string inside the host program.
1396 Lua first
<em>loads
</em> it,
1397 precompiling the chunk's code into instructions for a virtual machine,
1398 and then Lua executes the compiled code
1399 with an interpreter for the virtual machine.
1403 Chunks can also be precompiled into binary form;
1404 see program
<code>luac
</code> and function
<a href=
"#pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump
</code></a> for details.
1405 Programs in source and compiled forms are interchangeable;
1406 Lua automatically detects the file type and acts accordingly (see
<a href=
"#pdf-load"><code>load
</code></a>).
1412 <h3>3.3.3 – <a name=
"3.3.3">Assignment
</a></h3>
1415 Lua allows multiple assignments.
1416 Therefore, the syntax for assignment
1417 defines a list of variables on the left side
1418 and a list of expressions on the right side.
1419 The elements in both lists are separated by commas:
1422 stat ::= varlist
‘<b>=
</b>’ explist
1423 varlist ::= var {
‘<b>,
</b>’ var}
1424 explist ::= exp {
‘<b>,
</b>’ exp}
1426 Expressions are discussed in
<a href=
"#3.4">§3.4</a>.
1430 Before the assignment,
1431 the list of values is
<em>adjusted
</em> to the length of
1432 the list of variables.
1433 If there are more values than needed,
1434 the excess values are thrown away.
1435 If there are fewer values than needed,
1436 the list is extended with as many
<b>nil
</b>'s as needed.
1437 If the list of expressions ends with a function call,
1438 then all values returned by that call enter the list of values,
1439 before the adjustment
1440 (except when the call is enclosed in parentheses; see
<a href=
"#3.4">§3.4</a>).
1444 The assignment statement first evaluates all its expressions
1445 and only then the assignments are performed.
1452 sets
<code>a[
3]
</code> to
20, without affecting
<code>a[
4]
</code>
1453 because the
<code>i
</code> in
<code>a[i]
</code> is evaluated (to
3)
1454 before it is assigned
4.
1460 exchanges the values of
<code>x
</code> and
<code>y
</code>,
1466 cyclically permutes the values of
<code>x
</code>,
<code>y
</code>, and
<code>z
</code>.
1470 The meaning of assignments to global variables
1471 and table fields can be changed via metatables.
1472 An assignment to an indexed variable
<code>t[i] = val
</code> is equivalent to
1473 <code>settable_event(t,i,val)
</code>.
1474 (See
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a> for a complete description of the
1475 <code>settable_event
</code> function.
1476 This function is not defined or callable in Lua.
1477 We use it here only for explanatory purposes.)
1481 An assignment to a global name
<code>x = val
</code>
1482 is equivalent to the assignment
1483 <code>_ENV.x = val
</code> (see
<a href=
"#2.2">§2.2</a>).
1489 <h3>3.3.4 – <a name=
"3.3.4">Control Structures
</a></h3><p>
1490 The control structures
1491 <b>if
</b>,
<b>while
</b>, and
<b>repeat
</b> have the usual meaning and
1498 stat ::=
<b>while
</b> exp
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b>
1499 stat ::=
<b>repeat
</b> block
<b>until
</b> exp
1500 stat ::=
<b>if
</b> exp
<b>then
</b> block {
<b>elseif
</b> exp
<b>then
</b> block} [
<b>else
</b> block]
<b>end
</b>
1502 Lua also has a
<b>for
</b> statement, in two flavors (see
<a href=
"#3.3.5">§3.3.5</a>).
1506 The condition expression of a
1507 control structure can return any value.
1508 Both
<b>false
</b> and
<b>nil
</b> are considered false.
1509 All values different from
<b>nil
</b> and
<b>false
</b> are considered true
1510 (in particular, the number
0 and the empty string are also true).
1514 In the
<b>repeat
</b>–<b>until
</b> loop,
1515 the inner block does not end at the
<b>until
</b> keyword,
1516 but only after the condition.
1517 So, the condition can refer to local variables
1518 declared inside the loop block.
1522 The
<b>goto
</b> statement transfers the program control to a label.
1523 For syntactical reasons,
1524 labels in Lua are considered statements too:
1529 stat ::=
<b>goto
</b> Name
1531 label ::=
‘<b>::
</b>’ Name
‘<b>::
</b>’
1535 A label is visible in the entire block where it is defined,
1537 inside nested blocks where a label with the same name is defined and
1538 inside nested functions.
1539 A goto may jump to any visible label as long as it does not
1540 enter into the scope of a local variable.
1544 Labels and empty statements are called
<em>void statements
</em>,
1545 as they perform no actions.
1549 The
<b>break
</b> statement terminates the execution of a
1550 <b>while
</b>,
<b>repeat
</b>, or
<b>for
</b> loop,
1551 skipping to the next statement after the loop:
1555 stat ::=
<b>break
</b>
1557 A
<b>break
</b> ends the innermost enclosing loop.
1561 The
<b>return
</b> statement is used to return values
1562 from a function or a chunk
1563 (which is an anonymous function).
1565 Functions can return more than one value,
1566 so the syntax for the
<b>return
</b> statement is
1569 stat ::=
<b>return
</b> [explist] [
‘<b>;
</b>’]
1573 The
<b>return
</b> statement can only be written
1574 as the last statement of a block.
1575 If it is really necessary to
<b>return
</b> in the middle of a block,
1576 then an explicit inner block can be used,
1577 as in the idiom
<code>do return end
</code>,
1578 because now
<b>return
</b> is the last statement in its (inner) block.
1584 <h3>3.3.5 – <a name=
"3.3.5">For Statement
</a></h3>
1588 The
<b>for
</b> statement has two forms:
1589 one numerical and one generic.
1593 The numerical
<b>for
</b> loop repeats a block of code while a
1594 control variable runs through an arithmetic progression.
1595 It has the following syntax:
1598 stat ::=
<b>for
</b> Name
‘<b>=
</b>’ exp
‘<b>,
</b>’ exp [
‘<b>,
</b>’ exp]
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b>
1600 The
<em>block
</em> is repeated for
<em>name
</em> starting at the value of
1601 the first
<em>exp
</em>, until it passes the second
<em>exp
</em> by steps of the
1603 More precisely, a
<b>for
</b> statement like
1606 for v =
<em>e1
</em>,
<em>e2
</em>,
<em>e3
</em> do
<em>block
</em> end
1608 is equivalent to the code:
1612 local
<em>var
</em>,
<em>limit
</em>,
<em>step
</em> = tonumber(
<em>e1
</em>), tonumber(
<em>e2
</em>), tonumber(
<em>e3
</em>)
1613 if not (
<em>var
</em> and
<em>limit
</em> and
<em>step
</em>) then error() end
1614 <em>var
</em> =
<em>var
</em> -
<em>step
</em>
1616 <em>var
</em> =
<em>var
</em> +
<em>step
</em>
1617 if (
<em>step
</em> >=
0 and
<em>var
</em> > <em>limit
</em>) or (
<em>step
</em> < 0 and
<em>var
</em> < <em>limit
</em>) then
1620 local v =
<em>var
</em>
1632 All three control expressions are evaluated only once,
1633 before the loop starts.
1634 They must all result in numbers.
1638 <code><em>var
</em></code>,
<code><em>limit
</em></code>, and
<code><em>step
</em></code> are invisible variables.
1639 The names shown here are for explanatory purposes only.
1643 If the third expression (the step) is absent,
1644 then a step of
1 is used.
1648 You can use
<b>break
</b> and
<b>goto
</b> to exit a
<b>for
</b> loop.
1652 The loop variable
<code>v
</code> is local to the loop body.
1653 If you need its value after the loop,
1654 assign it to another variable before exiting the loop.
1660 The generic
<b>for
</b> statement works over functions,
1661 called
<em>iterators
</em>.
1662 On each iteration, the iterator function is called to produce a new value,
1663 stopping when this new value is
<b>nil
</b>.
1664 The generic
<b>for
</b> loop has the following syntax:
1667 stat ::=
<b>for
</b> namelist
<b>in
</b> explist
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b>
1668 namelist ::= Name {
‘<b>,
</b>’ Name}
1670 A
<b>for
</b> statement like
1673 for
<em>var_1
</em>,
···,
<em>var_n
</em> in
<em>explist
</em> do
<em>block
</em> end
1675 is equivalent to the code:
1679 local
<em>f
</em>,
<em>s
</em>,
<em>var
</em> =
<em>explist
</em>
1681 local
<em>var_1
</em>,
···,
<em>var_n
</em> =
<em>f
</em>(
<em>s
</em>,
<em>var
</em>)
1682 if
<em>var_1
</em> == nil then break end
1683 <em>var
</em> =
<em>var_1
</em>
1693 <code><em>explist
</em></code> is evaluated only once.
1694 Its results are an
<em>iterator
</em> function,
1696 and an initial value for the first
<em>iterator variable
</em>.
1700 <code><em>f
</em></code>,
<code><em>s
</em></code>, and
<code><em>var
</em></code> are invisible variables.
1701 The names are here for explanatory purposes only.
1705 You can use
<b>break
</b> to exit a
<b>for
</b> loop.
1709 The loop variables
<code><em>var_i
</em></code> are local to the loop;
1710 you cannot use their values after the
<b>for
</b> ends.
1711 If you need these values,
1712 then assign them to other variables before breaking or exiting the loop.
1720 <h3>3.3.6 – <a name=
"3.3.6">Function Calls as Statements
</a></h3><p>
1721 To allow possible side-effects,
1722 function calls can be executed as statements:
1725 stat ::= functioncall
1727 In this case, all returned values are thrown away.
1728 Function calls are explained in
<a href=
"#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>.
1734 <h3>3.3.7 – <a name=
"3.3.7">Local Declarations
</a></h3><p>
1735 Local variables can be declared anywhere inside a block.
1736 The declaration can include an initial assignment:
1739 stat ::=
<b>local
</b> namelist [
‘<b>=
</b>’ explist]
1741 If present, an initial assignment has the same semantics
1742 of a multiple assignment (see
<a href=
"#3.3.3">§3.3.3</a>).
1743 Otherwise, all variables are initialized with
<b>nil
</b>.
1747 A chunk is also a block (see
<a href=
"#3.3.2">§3.3.2</a>),
1748 and so local variables can be declared in a chunk outside any explicit block.
1752 The visibility rules for local variables are explained in
<a href=
"#3.5">§3.5</a>.
1760 <h2>3.4 – <a name=
"3.4">Expressions
</a></h2>
1763 The basic expressions in Lua are the following:
1767 exp ::=
<b>nil
</b> |
<b>false
</b> |
<b>true
</b>
1769 exp ::= LiteralString
1771 exp ::= tableconstructor
1772 exp ::=
‘<b>...
</b>’
1773 exp ::= exp binop exp
1775 prefixexp ::= var | functioncall |
‘<b>(
</b>’ exp
‘<b>)
</b>’
1779 Numerals and literal strings are explained in
<a href=
"#3.1">§3.1</a>;
1780 variables are explained in
<a href=
"#3.2">§3.2</a>;
1781 function definitions are explained in
<a href=
"#3.4.11">§3.4.11</a>;
1782 function calls are explained in
<a href=
"#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>;
1783 table constructors are explained in
<a href=
"#3.4.9">§3.4.9</a>.
1785 denoted by three dots ('
<code>...
</code>'), can only be used when
1786 directly inside a vararg function;
1787 they are explained in
<a href=
"#3.4.11">§3.4.11</a>.
1791 Binary operators comprise arithmetic operators (see
<a href=
"#3.4.1">§3.4.1</a>),
1792 bitwise operators (see
<a href=
"#3.4.2">§3.4.2</a>),
1793 relational operators (see
<a href=
"#3.4.4">§3.4.4</a>), logical operators (see
<a href=
"#3.4.5">§3.4.5</a>),
1794 and the concatenation operator (see
<a href=
"#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>).
1795 Unary operators comprise the unary minus (see
<a href=
"#3.4.1">§3.4.1</a>),
1796 the unary bitwise not (see
<a href=
"#3.4.2">§3.4.2</a>),
1797 the unary logical
<b>not
</b> (see
<a href=
"#3.4.5">§3.4.5</a>),
1798 and the unary
<em>length operator
</em> (see
<a href=
"#3.4.7">§3.4.7</a>).
1802 Both function calls and vararg expressions can result in multiple values.
1803 If a function call is used as a statement (see
<a href=
"#3.3.6">§3.3.6</a>),
1804 then its return list is adjusted to zero elements,
1805 thus discarding all returned values.
1806 If an expression is used as the last (or the only) element
1807 of a list of expressions,
1808 then no adjustment is made
1809 (unless the expression is enclosed in parentheses).
1810 In all other contexts,
1811 Lua adjusts the result list to one element,
1812 either discarding all values except the first one
1813 or adding a single
<b>nil
</b> if there are no values.
1817 Here are some examples:
1820 f() -- adjusted to
0 results
1821 g(f(), x) -- f() is adjusted to
1 result
1822 g(x, f()) -- g gets x plus all results from f()
1823 a,b,c = f(), x -- f() is adjusted to
1 result (c gets nil)
1824 a,b = ... -- a gets the first vararg parameter, b gets
1825 -- the second (both a and b can get nil if there
1826 -- is no corresponding vararg parameter)
1828 a,b,c = x, f() -- f() is adjusted to
2 results
1829 a,b,c = f() -- f() is adjusted to
3 results
1830 return f() -- returns all results from f()
1831 return ... -- returns all received vararg parameters
1832 return x,y,f() -- returns x, y, and all results from f()
1833 {f()} -- creates a list with all results from f()
1834 {...} -- creates a list with all vararg parameters
1835 {f(), nil} -- f() is adjusted to
1 result
1839 Any expression enclosed in parentheses always results in only one value.
1841 <code>(f(x,y,z))
</code> is always a single value,
1842 even if
<code>f
</code> returns several values.
1843 (The value of
<code>(f(x,y,z))
</code> is the first value returned by
<code>f
</code>
1844 or
<b>nil
</b> if
<code>f
</code> does not return any values.)
1848 <h3>3.4.1 – <a name=
"3.4.1">Arithmetic Operators
</a></h3><p>
1849 Lua supports the following arithmetic operators:
1852 <li><b><code>+
</code>:
</b>addition
</li>
1853 <li><b><code>-
</code>:
</b>subtraction
</li>
1854 <li><b><code>*
</code>:
</b>multiplication
</li>
1855 <li><b><code>/
</code>:
</b>float division
</li>
1856 <li><b><code>//
</code>:
</b>floor division
</li>
1857 <li><b><code>%
</code>:
</b>modulo
</li>
1858 <li><b><code>^
</code>:
</b>exponentiation
</li>
1859 <li><b><code>-
</code>:
</b>unary minus
</li>
1863 With the exception of exponentiation and float division,
1864 the arithmetic operators work as follows:
1865 If both operands are integers,
1866 the operation is performed over integers and the result is an integer.
1867 Otherwise, if both operands are numbers
1868 or strings that can be converted to
1869 numbers (see
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>),
1870 then they are converted to floats,
1871 the operation is performed following the usual rules
1872 for floating-point arithmetic
1873 (usually the IEEE
754 standard),
1874 and the result is a float.
1878 Exponentiation and float division (
<code>/
</code>)
1879 always convert their operands to floats
1880 and the result is always a float.
1881 Exponentiation uses the ISO
C function
<code>pow
</code>,
1882 so that it works for non-integer exponents too.
1886 Floor division (
<code>//
</code>) is a division
1887 that rounds the quotient towards minus infinity,
1888 that is, the floor of the division of its operands.
1892 Modulo is defined as the remainder of a division
1893 that rounds the quotient towards minus infinity (floor division).
1897 In case of overflows in integer arithmetic,
1898 all operations
<em>wrap around
</em>,
1899 according to the usual rules of two-complement arithmetic.
1901 they return the unique representable integer
1902 that is equal modulo
<em>2<sup>64</sup></em> to the mathematical result.)
1906 <h3>3.4.2 – <a name=
"3.4.2">Bitwise Operators
</a></h3><p>
1907 Lua supports the following bitwise operators:
1910 <li><b><code>&</code>:
</b>bitwise and
</li>
1911 <li><b><code>|</code>:
</b>bitwise or
</li>
1912 <li><b><code>~
</code>:
</b>bitwise exclusive or
</li>
1913 <li><b><code>>></code>:
</b>right shift
</li>
1914 <li><b><code><<</code>:
</b>left shift
</li>
1915 <li><b><code>~
</code>:
</b>unary bitwise not
</li>
1919 All bitwise operations convert its operands to integers
1920 (see
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>),
1921 operate on all bits of those integers,
1922 and result in an integer.
1926 Both right and left shifts fill the vacant bits with zeros.
1927 Negative displacements shift to the other direction;
1928 displacements with absolute values equal to or higher than
1929 the number of bits in an integer
1930 result in zero (as all bits are shifted out).
1936 <h3>3.4.3 – <a name=
"3.4.3">Coercions and Conversions
</a></h3><p>
1937 Lua provides some automatic conversions between some
1938 types and representations at run time.
1939 Bitwise operators always convert float operands to integers.
1940 Exponentiation and float division
1941 always convert integer operands to floats.
1942 All other arithmetic operations applied to mixed numbers
1943 (integers and floats) convert the integer operand to a float;
1944 this is called the
<em>usual rule
</em>.
1945 The C API also converts both integers to floats and
1946 floats to integers, as needed.
1947 Moreover, string concatenation accepts numbers as arguments,
1952 Lua also converts strings to numbers,
1953 whenever a number is expected.
1957 In a conversion from integer to float,
1958 if the integer value has an exact representation as a float,
1961 the conversion gets the nearest higher or
1962 the nearest lower representable value.
1963 This kind of conversion never fails.
1967 The conversion from float to integer
1968 checks whether the float has an exact representation as an integer
1969 (that is, the float has an integral value and
1970 it is in the range of integer representation).
1971 If it does, that representation is the result.
1972 Otherwise, the conversion fails.
1976 The conversion from strings to numbers goes as follows:
1977 First, the string is converted to an integer or a float,
1978 following its syntax and the rules of the Lua lexer.
1979 (The string may have also leading and trailing spaces and a sign.)
1980 Then, the resulting number (float or integer)
1981 is converted to the type (float or integer) required by the context
1982 (e.g., the operation that forced the conversion).
1986 The conversion from numbers to strings uses a
1987 non-specified human-readable format.
1988 For complete control over how numbers are converted to strings,
1989 use the
<code>format
</code> function from the string library
1990 (see
<a href=
"#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format
</code></a>).
1996 <h3>3.4.4 – <a name=
"3.4.4">Relational Operators
</a></h3><p>
1997 Lua supports the following relational operators:
2000 <li><b><code>==
</code>:
</b>equality
</li>
2001 <li><b><code>~=
</code>:
</b>inequality
</li>
2002 <li><b><code><</code>:
</b>less than
</li>
2003 <li><b><code>></code>:
</b>greater than
</li>
2004 <li><b><code><=
</code>:
</b>less or equal
</li>
2005 <li><b><code>>=
</code>:
</b>greater or equal
</li>
2007 These operators always result in
<b>false
</b> or
<b>true
</b>.
2011 Equality (
<code>==
</code>) first compares the type of its operands.
2012 If the types are different, then the result is
<b>false
</b>.
2013 Otherwise, the values of the operands are compared.
2014 Strings are compared in the obvious way.
2015 Numbers are equal if they denote the same mathematical value.
2019 Tables, userdata, and threads
2020 are compared by reference:
2021 two objects are considered equal only if they are the same object.
2022 Every time you create a new object
2023 (a table, userdata, or thread),
2024 this new object is different from any previously existing object.
2025 Closures with the same reference are always equal.
2026 Closures with any detectable difference
2027 (different behavior, different definition) are always different.
2031 You can change the way that Lua compares tables and userdata
2032 by using the
"eq" metamethod (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
2036 Equality comparisons do not convert strings to numbers
2038 Thus,
<code>"0"==
0</code> evaluates to
<b>false
</b>,
2039 and
<code>t[
0]
</code> and
<code>t[
"0"]
</code> denote different
2044 The operator
<code>~=
</code> is exactly the negation of equality (
<code>==
</code>).
2048 The order operators work as follows.
2049 If both arguments are numbers,
2050 then they are compared according to their mathematical values
2051 (regardless of their subtypes).
2052 Otherwise, if both arguments are strings,
2053 then their values are compared according to the current locale.
2054 Otherwise, Lua tries to call the
"lt" or the
"le"
2055 metamethod (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
2056 A comparison
<code>a
> b
</code> is translated to
<code>b
< a
</code>
2057 and
<code>a
>= b
</code> is translated to
<code>b
<= a
</code>.
2061 Following the IEEE
754 standard,
2062 NaN is considered neither smaller than,
2063 nor equal to, nor greater than any value (including itself).
2069 <h3>3.4.5 – <a name=
"3.4.5">Logical Operators
</a></h3><p>
2070 The logical operators in Lua are
2071 <b>and
</b>,
<b>or
</b>, and
<b>not
</b>.
2072 Like the control structures (see
<a href=
"#3.3.4">§3.3.4</a>),
2073 all logical operators consider both
<b>false
</b> and
<b>nil
</b> as false
2074 and anything else as true.
2078 The negation operator
<b>not
</b> always returns
<b>false
</b> or
<b>true
</b>.
2079 The conjunction operator
<b>and
</b> returns its first argument
2080 if this value is
<b>false
</b> or
<b>nil
</b>;
2081 otherwise,
<b>and
</b> returns its second argument.
2082 The disjunction operator
<b>or
</b> returns its first argument
2083 if this value is different from
<b>nil
</b> and
<b>false
</b>;
2084 otherwise,
<b>or
</b> returns its second argument.
2085 Both
<b>and
</b> and
<b>or
</b> use short-circuit evaluation;
2087 the second operand is evaluated only if necessary.
2088 Here are some examples:
2092 10 or error() --
> 10
2093 nil or
"a" --
> "a"
2094 nil and
10 --
> nil
2095 false and error() --
> false
2096 false and nil --
> false
2097 false or nil --
> nil
2101 <code>--
></code> indicates the result of the preceding expression.)
2107 <h3>3.4.6 – <a name=
"3.4.6">Concatenation
</a></h3><p>
2108 The string concatenation operator in Lua is
2109 denoted by two dots ('
<code>..
</code>').
2110 If both operands are strings or numbers, then they are converted to
2111 strings according to the rules described in
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>.
2112 Otherwise, the
<code>__concat
</code> metamethod is called (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
2118 <h3>3.4.7 – <a name=
"3.4.7">The Length Operator
</a></h3>
2121 The length operator is denoted by the unary prefix operator
<code>#
</code>.
2122 The length of a string is its number of bytes
2123 (that is, the usual meaning of string length when each
2124 character is one byte).
2128 A program can modify the behavior of the length operator for
2129 any value but strings through the
<code>__len
</code> metamethod (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
2133 Unless a
<code>__len
</code> metamethod is given,
2134 the length of a table
<code>t
</code> is only defined if the
2135 table is a
<em>sequence
</em>,
2137 the set of its positive numeric keys is equal to
<em>{
1..n}
</em>
2138 for some non-negative integer
<em>n
</em>.
2139 In that case,
<em>n
</em> is its length.
2140 Note that a table like
2145 is not a sequence, because it has the key
<code>4</code>
2146 but does not have the key
<code>3</code>.
2147 (So, there is no
<em>n
</em> such that the set
<em>{
1..n}
</em> is equal
2148 to the set of positive numeric keys of that table.)
2149 Note, however, that non-numeric keys do not interfere
2150 with whether a table is a sequence.
2156 <h3>3.4.8 – <a name=
"3.4.8">Precedence
</a></h3><p>
2157 Operator precedence in Lua follows the table below,
2158 from lower to higher priority:
2163 < > <=
>= ~= ==
2171 unary operators (not # - ~)
2175 you can use parentheses to change the precedences of an expression.
2176 The concatenation ('
<code>..
</code>') and exponentiation ('
<code>^
</code>')
2177 operators are right associative.
2178 All other binary operators are left associative.
2184 <h3>3.4.9 – <a name=
"3.4.9">Table Constructors
</a></h3><p>
2185 Table constructors are expressions that create tables.
2186 Every time a constructor is evaluated, a new table is created.
2187 A constructor can be used to create an empty table
2188 or to create a table and initialize some of its fields.
2189 The general syntax for constructors is
2192 tableconstructor ::=
‘<b>{
</b>’ [fieldlist]
‘<b>}
</b>’
2193 fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep]
2194 field ::=
‘<b>[
</b>’ exp
‘<b>]
</b>’ ‘<b>=
</b>’ exp | Name
‘<b>=
</b>’ exp | exp
2195 fieldsep ::=
‘<b>,
</b>’ |
‘<b>;
</b>’
2199 Each field of the form
<code>[exp1] = exp2
</code> adds to the new table an entry
2200 with key
<code>exp1
</code> and value
<code>exp2
</code>.
2201 A field of the form
<code>name = exp
</code> is equivalent to
2202 <code>[
"name"] = exp
</code>.
2203 Finally, fields of the form
<code>exp
</code> are equivalent to
2204 <code>[i] = exp
</code>, where
<code>i
</code> are consecutive integers
2206 Fields in the other formats do not affect this counting.
2210 a = { [f(
1)] = g;
"x",
"y"; x =
1, f(x), [
30] =
23;
45 }
2218 t[
1] =
"x" --
1st exp
2219 t[
2] =
"y" --
2nd exp
2220 t.x =
1 -- t[
"x"] =
1
2221 t[
3] = f(x) --
3rd exp
2223 t[
4] =
45 --
4th exp
2229 The order of the assignments in a constructor is undefined.
2230 (This order would be relevant only when there are repeated keys.)
2234 If the last field in the list has the form
<code>exp
</code>
2235 and the expression is a function call or a vararg expression,
2236 then all values returned by this expression enter the list consecutively
2237 (see
<a href=
"#3.4.10">§3.4.10</a>).
2241 The field list can have an optional trailing separator,
2242 as a convenience for machine-generated code.
2248 <h3>3.4.10 – <a name=
"3.4.10">Function Calls
</a></h3><p>
2249 A function call in Lua has the following syntax:
2252 functioncall ::= prefixexp args
2255 first prefixexp and args are evaluated.
2256 If the value of prefixexp has type
<em>function
</em>,
2257 then this function is called
2258 with the given arguments.
2259 Otherwise, the prefixexp
"call" metamethod is called,
2260 having as first parameter the value of prefixexp,
2261 followed by the original call arguments
2262 (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
2269 functioncall ::= prefixexp
‘<b>:
</b>’ Name args
2271 can be used to call
"methods".
2272 A call
<code>v:name(
<em>args
</em>)
</code>
2273 is syntactic sugar for
<code>v.name(v,
<em>args
</em>)
</code>,
2274 except that
<code>v
</code> is evaluated only once.
2278 Arguments have the following syntax:
2281 args ::=
‘<b>(
</b>’ [explist]
‘<b>)
</b>’
2282 args ::= tableconstructor
2283 args ::= LiteralString
2285 All argument expressions are evaluated before the call.
2286 A call of the form
<code>f{
<em>fields
</em>}
</code> is
2287 syntactic sugar for
<code>f({
<em>fields
</em>})
</code>;
2288 that is, the argument list is a single new table.
2289 A call of the form
<code>f'
<em>string
</em>'
</code>
2290 (or
<code>f
"<em>string</em>"</code> or
<code>f[[
<em>string
</em>]]
</code>)
2291 is syntactic sugar for
<code>f('
<em>string
</em>')
</code>;
2292 that is, the argument list is a single literal string.
2296 A call of the form
<code>return
<em>functioncall
</em></code> is called
2297 a
<em>tail call
</em>.
2298 Lua implements
<em>proper tail calls
</em>
2299 (or
<em>proper tail recursion
</em>):
2301 the called function reuses the stack entry of the calling function.
2302 Therefore, there is no limit on the number of nested tail calls that
2303 a program can execute.
2304 However, a tail call erases any debug information about the
2306 Note that a tail call only happens with a particular syntax,
2307 where the
<b>return
</b> has one single function call as argument;
2308 this syntax makes the calling function return exactly
2309 the returns of the called function.
2310 So, none of the following examples are tail calls:
2313 return (f(x)) -- results adjusted to
1
2315 return x, f(x) -- additional results
2316 f(x); return -- results discarded
2317 return x or f(x) -- results adjusted to
1
2323 <h3>3.4.11 – <a name=
"3.4.11">Function Definitions
</a></h3>
2326 The syntax for function definition is
2329 functiondef ::=
<b>function
</b> funcbody
2330 funcbody ::=
‘<b>(
</b>’ [parlist]
‘<b>)
</b>’ block
<b>end
</b>
2334 The following syntactic sugar simplifies function definitions:
2337 stat ::=
<b>function
</b> funcname funcbody
2338 stat ::=
<b>local
</b> <b>function
</b> Name funcbody
2339 funcname ::= Name {
‘<b>.
</b>’ Name} [
‘<b>:
</b>’ Name]
2344 function f ()
<em>body
</em> end
2349 f = function ()
<em>body
</em> end
2354 function t.a.b.c.f ()
<em>body
</em> end
2359 t.a.b.c.f = function ()
<em>body
</em> end
2364 local function f ()
<em>body
</em> end
2369 local f; f = function ()
<em>body
</em> end
2374 local f = function ()
<em>body
</em> end
2376 (This only makes a difference when the body of the function
2377 contains references to
<code>f
</code>.)
2381 A function definition is an executable expression,
2382 whose value has type
<em>function
</em>.
2383 When Lua precompiles a chunk,
2384 all its function bodies are precompiled too.
2385 Then, whenever Lua executes the function definition,
2386 the function is
<em>instantiated
</em> (or
<em>closed
</em>).
2387 This function instance (or
<em>closure
</em>)
2388 is the final value of the expression.
2392 Parameters act as local variables that are
2393 initialized with the argument values:
2396 parlist ::= namelist [
‘<b>,
</b>’ ‘<b>...
</b>’] |
‘<b>...
</b>’
2398 When a function is called,
2399 the list of arguments is adjusted to
2400 the length of the list of parameters,
2401 unless the function is a
<em>vararg function
</em>,
2402 which is indicated by three dots ('
<code>...
</code>')
2403 at the end of its parameter list.
2404 A vararg function does not adjust its argument list;
2405 instead, it collects all extra arguments and supplies them
2406 to the function through a
<em>vararg expression
</em>,
2407 which is also written as three dots.
2408 The value of this expression is a list of all actual extra arguments,
2409 similar to a function with multiple results.
2410 If a vararg expression is used inside another expression
2411 or in the middle of a list of expressions,
2412 then its return list is adjusted to one element.
2413 If the expression is used as the last element of a list of expressions,
2414 then no adjustment is made
2415 (unless that last expression is enclosed in parentheses).
2419 As an example, consider the following definitions:
2422 function f(a, b) end
2423 function g(a, b, ...) end
2424 function r() return
1,
2,
3 end
2426 Then, we have the following mapping from arguments to parameters and
2427 to the vararg expression:
2435 f(r(),
10) a=
1, b=
10
2438 g(
3) a=
3, b=nil, ... --
> (nothing)
2439 g(
3,
4) a=
3, b=
4, ... --
> (nothing)
2440 g(
3,
4,
5,
8) a=
3, b=
4, ... --
> 5 8
2441 g(
5, r()) a=
5, b=
1, ... --
> 2 3
2445 Results are returned using the
<b>return
</b> statement (see
<a href=
"#3.3.4">§3.3.4</a>).
2446 If control reaches the end of a function
2447 without encountering a
<b>return
</b> statement,
2448 then the function returns with no results.
2453 There is a system-dependent limit on the number of values
2454 that a function may return.
2455 This limit is guaranteed to be larger than
1000.
2459 The
<em>colon
</em> syntax
2460 is used for defining
<em>methods
</em>,
2461 that is, functions that have an implicit extra parameter
<code>self
</code>.
2465 function t.a.b.c:f (
<em>params
</em>)
<em>body
</em> end
2467 is syntactic sugar for
2470 t.a.b.c.f = function (self,
<em>params
</em>)
<em>body
</em> end
2478 <h2>3.5 – <a name=
"3.5">Visibility Rules
</a></h2>
2482 Lua is a lexically scoped language.
2483 The scope of a local variable begins at the first statement after
2484 its declaration and lasts until the last non-void statement
2485 of the innermost block that includes the declaration.
2486 Consider the following example:
2489 x =
10 -- global variable
2491 local x = x -- new 'x', with value
10
2495 local x = x+
1 -- another 'x'
2500 print(x) --
> 10 (the global one)
2504 Notice that, in a declaration like
<code>local x = x
</code>,
2505 the new
<code>x
</code> being declared is not in scope yet,
2506 and so the second
<code>x
</code> refers to the outside variable.
2510 Because of the lexical scoping rules,
2511 local variables can be freely accessed by functions
2512 defined inside their scope.
2513 A local variable used by an inner function is called
2514 an
<em>upvalue
</em>, or
<em>external local variable
</em>,
2515 inside the inner function.
2519 Notice that each execution of a
<b>local
</b> statement
2520 defines new local variables.
2521 Consider the following example:
2528 a[i] = function () y=y+
1; return x+y end
2531 The loop creates ten closures
2532 (that is, ten instances of the anonymous function).
2533 Each of these closures uses a different
<code>y
</code> variable,
2534 while all of them share the same
<code>x
</code>.
2540 <h1>4 – <a name=
"4">The Application Program Interface
</a></h1>
2544 This section describes the C
API for Lua, that is,
2545 the set of C
functions available to the host program to communicate
2547 All API functions and related types and constants
2548 are declared in the header file
<a name=
"pdf-lua.h"><code>lua.h
</code></a>.
2552 Even when we use the term
"function",
2553 any facility in the API may be provided as a macro instead.
2554 Except where stated otherwise,
2555 all such macros use each of their arguments exactly once
2556 (except for the first argument, which is always a Lua state),
2557 and so do not generate any hidden side-effects.
2561 As in most C
libraries,
2562 the Lua API functions do not check their arguments for validity or consistency.
2563 However, you can change this behavior by compiling Lua
2564 with the macro
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_USE_APICHECK"><code>LUA_USE_APICHECK
</code></a> defined.
2568 <h2>4.1 – <a name=
"4.1">The Stack
</a></h2>
2571 Lua uses a
<em>virtual stack
</em> to pass values to and from C.
2572 Each element in this stack represents a Lua value
2573 (
<b>nil
</b>, number, string, etc.).
2577 Whenever Lua calls C, the called function gets a new stack,
2578 which is independent of previous stacks and of stacks of
2579 C
functions that are still active.
2580 This stack initially contains any arguments to the C
function
2581 and it is where the C
function pushes its results
2582 to be returned to the caller (see
<a href=
"#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction
</code></a>).
2587 most query operations in the API do not follow a strict stack discipline.
2588 Instead, they can refer to any element in the stack
2589 by using an
<em>index
</em>:
2590 A positive index represents an absolute stack position
2591 (starting at
1);
2592 a negative index represents an offset relative to the top of the stack.
2593 More specifically, if the stack has
<em>n
</em> elements,
2594 then index
1 represents the first element
2595 (that is, the element that was pushed onto the stack first)
2597 index
<em>n
</em> represents the last element;
2598 index
-
1 also represents the last element
2599 (that is, the element at the
top)
2600 and index
<em>-n
</em> represents the first element.
2606 <h2>4.2 – <a name=
"4.2">Stack Size
</a></h2>
2609 When you interact with the Lua API,
2610 you are responsible for ensuring consistency.
2612 <em>you are responsible for controlling stack overflow
</em>.
2613 You can use the function
<a href=
"#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack
</code></a>
2614 to ensure that the stack has enough space for pushing new elements.
2618 Whenever Lua calls C,
2619 it ensures that the stack has space for
2620 at least
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_MINSTACK"><code>LUA_MINSTACK
</code></a> extra slots.
2621 <code>LUA_MINSTACK
</code> is defined as
20,
2622 so that usually you do not have to worry about stack space
2623 unless your code has loops pushing elements onto the stack.
2627 When you call a Lua function
2628 without a fixed number of results (see
<a href=
"#lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a>),
2629 Lua ensures that the stack has enough space for all results,
2630 but it does not ensure any extra space.
2631 So, before pushing anything in the stack after such a call
2632 you should use
<a href=
"#lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack
</code></a>.
2638 <h2>4.3 – <a name=
"4.3">Valid and Acceptable Indices
</a></h2>
2641 Any function in the API that receives stack indices
2642 works only with
<em>valid indices
</em> or
<em>acceptable indices
</em>.
2646 A
<em>valid index
</em> is an index that refers to a
2647 position that stores a modifiable Lua value.
2648 It comprises stack indices between
1 and the stack top
2649 (
<code>1 ≤ abs(index)
≤ top
</code>)
2651 plus
<em>pseudo-indices
</em>,
2652 which represent some positions that are accessible to C
code
2653 but that are not in the stack.
2654 Pseudo-indices are used to access the registry (see
<a href=
"#4.5">§4.5</a>)
2655 and the upvalues of a C
function (see
<a href=
"#4.4">§4.4</a>).
2659 Functions that do not need a specific mutable position,
2660 but only a value (e.g., query functions),
2661 can be called with acceptable indices.
2662 An
<em>acceptable index
</em> can be any valid index,
2663 but it also can be any positive index after the stack top
2664 within the space allocated for the stack,
2665 that is, indices up to the stack size.
2666 (Note that
0 is never an acceptable index.)
2667 Except when noted otherwise,
2668 functions in the API work with acceptable indices.
2672 Acceptable indices serve to avoid extra tests
2673 against the stack top when querying the stack.
2674 For instance, a C
function can query its third argument
2675 without the need to first check whether there is a third argument,
2676 that is, without the need to check whether
3 is a valid index.
2680 For functions that can be called with acceptable indices,
2681 any non-valid index is treated as if it
2682 contains a value of a virtual type
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_TNONE"><code>LUA_TNONE
</code></a>,
2683 which behaves like a nil value.
2689 <h2>4.4 – <a name=
"4.4">C Closures
</a></h2>
2692 When a C
function is created,
2693 it is possible to associate some values with it,
2694 thus creating a
<em>C
closure
</em>
2695 (see
<a href=
"#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure
</code></a>);
2696 these values are called
<em>upvalues
</em> and are
2697 accessible to the function whenever it is called.
2701 Whenever a C
function is called,
2702 its upvalues are located at specific pseudo-indices.
2703 These pseudo-indices are produced by the macro
2704 <a href=
"#lua_upvalueindex"><code>lua_upvalueindex
</code></a>.
2705 The first upvalue associated with a function is at index
2706 <code>lua_upvalueindex(
1)
</code>, and so on.
2707 Any access to
<code>lua_upvalueindex(
<em>n
</em>)
</code>,
2708 where
<em>n
</em> is greater than the number of upvalues of the
2709 current function (but not greater than
256),
2710 produces an acceptable but invalid index.
2716 <h2>4.5 – <a name=
"4.5">Registry
</a></h2>
2719 Lua provides a
<em>registry
</em>,
2720 a predefined table that can be used by any C
code to
2721 store whatever Lua values it needs to store.
2722 The registry table is always located at pseudo-index
2723 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_REGISTRYINDEX"><code>LUA_REGISTRYINDEX
</code></a>.
2724 Any C
library can store data into this table,
2725 but it must take care to choose keys
2726 that are different from those used
2727 by other libraries, to avoid collisions.
2728 Typically, you should use as key a string containing your library name,
2729 or a light userdata with the address of a C
object in your code,
2730 or any Lua object created by your code.
2731 As with variable names,
2732 string keys starting with an underscore followed by
2733 uppercase letters are reserved for Lua.
2737 The integer keys in the registry are used
2738 by the reference mechanism (see
<a href=
"#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref
</code></a>)
2739 and by some predefined values.
2740 Therefore, integer keys must not be used for other purposes.
2744 When you create a new Lua state,
2745 its registry comes with some predefined values.
2746 These predefined values are indexed with integer keys
2747 defined as constants in
<code>lua.h
</code>.
2748 The following constants are defined:
2751 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD"><code>LUA_RIDX_MAINTHREAD
</code></a>:
</b> At this index the registry has
2752 the main thread of the state.
2753 (The main thread is the one created together with the state.)
2756 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS"><code>LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS
</code></a>:
</b> At this index the registry has
2757 the global environment.
2764 <h2>4.6 – <a name=
"4.6">Error Handling in C
</a></h2>
2767 Internally, Lua uses the C
<code>longjmp
</code> facility to handle errors.
2768 (Lua will use exceptions if you compile it as C++;
2769 search for
<code>LUAI_THROW
</code> in the source code for details.)
2770 When Lua faces any error
2771 (such as a memory allocation error, type errors, syntax errors,
2773 it
<em>raises
</em> an error;
2774 that is, it does a long jump.
2775 A
<em>protected environment
</em> uses
<code>setjmp
</code>
2776 to set a recovery point;
2777 any error jumps to the most recent active recovery point.
2781 If an error happens outside any protected environment,
2782 Lua calls a
<em>panic function
</em> (see
<a href=
"#lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic
</code></a>)
2783 and then calls
<code>abort
</code>,
2784 thus exiting the host application.
2785 Your panic function can avoid this exit by
2787 (e.g., doing a long jump to your own recovery point outside Lua).
2791 The panic function runs as if it were a message handler (see
<a href=
"#2.3">§2.3</a>);
2792 in particular, the error message is at the top of the stack.
2793 However, there is no guarantee about stack space.
2794 To push anything on the stack,
2795 the panic function must first check the available space (see
<a href=
"#4.2">§4.2</a>).
2799 Most functions in the API can raise an error,
2800 for instance due to a memory allocation error.
2801 The documentation for each function indicates whether
2802 it can raise errors.
2806 Inside a C
function you can raise an error by calling
<a href=
"#lua_error"><code>lua_error
</code></a>.
2812 <h2>4.7 – <a name=
"4.7">Handling Yields in C
</a></h2>
2815 Internally, Lua uses the C
<code>longjmp
</code> facility to yield a coroutine.
2816 Therefore, if a C function
<code>foo
</code> calls an API function
2817 and this API function yields
2818 (directly or indirectly by calling another function that yields),
2819 Lua cannot return to
<code>foo
</code> any more,
2820 because the
<code>longjmp
</code> removes its frame from the C stack.
2824 To avoid this kind of problem,
2825 Lua raises an error whenever it tries to yield across an API call,
2826 except for three functions:
2827 <a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a>, and
<a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>.
2828 All those functions receive a
<em>continuation function
</em>
2829 (as a parameter named
<code>k
</code>) to continue execution after a yield.
2833 We need to set some terminology to explain continuations.
2834 We have a C function called from Lua which we will call
2835 the
<em>original function
</em>.
2836 This original function then calls one of those three functions in the C API,
2837 which we will call the
<em>callee function
</em>,
2838 that then yields the current thread.
2839 (This can happen when the callee function is
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>,
2840 or when the callee function is either
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a> or
<a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>
2841 and the function called by them yields.)
2845 Suppose the running thread yields while executing the callee function.
2846 After the thread resumes,
2847 it eventually will finish running the callee function.
2849 the callee function cannot return to the original function,
2850 because its frame in the C stack was destroyed by the yield.
2851 Instead, Lua calls a
<em>continuation function
</em>,
2852 which was given as an argument to the callee function.
2853 As the name implies,
2854 the continuation function should continue the task
2855 of the original function.
2859 As an illustration, consider the following function:
2862 int original_function (lua_State *L) {
2864 status = lua_pcall(L, n, m, h); /* calls Lua */
2868 Now we want to allow
2869 the Lua code being run by
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> to yield.
2870 First, we can rewrite our function like here:
2873 int k (lua_State *L, int status, lua_KContext ctx) {
2877 int original_function (lua_State *L) {
2879 return k(L, lua_pcall(L, n, m, h), ctx);
2883 the new function
<code>k
</code> is a
2884 <em>continuation function
</em> (with type
<a href=
"#lua_KFunction"><code>lua_KFunction
</code></a>),
2885 which should do all the work that the original function
2886 was doing after calling
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a>.
2887 Now, we must inform Lua that it must call
<code>k
</code> if the Lua code
2888 being executed by
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> gets interrupted in some way
2889 (errors or yielding),
2890 so we rewrite the code as here,
2891 replacing
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> by
<a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>:
2894 int original_function (lua_State *L) {
2896 return k(L, lua_pcallk(L, n, m, h, ctx2, k), ctx1);
2899 Note the external, explicit call to the continuation:
2900 Lua will call the continuation only if needed, that is,
2901 in case of errors or resuming after a yield.
2902 If the called function returns normally without ever yielding,
2903 <a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a> (and
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a>) will also return normally.
2904 (Of course, instead of calling the continuation in that case,
2905 you can do the equivalent work directly inside the original function.)
2909 Besides the Lua state,
2910 the continuation function has two other parameters:
2911 the final status of the call plus the context value (
<code>ctx
</code>) that
2912 was passed originally to
<a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>.
2913 (Lua does not use this context value;
2914 it only passes this value from the original function to the
2915 continuation function.)
2916 For
<a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>,
2917 the status is the same value that would be returned by
<a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>,
2918 except that it is
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD
</code></a> when being executed after a yield
2919 (instead of
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a>).
2920 For
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a> and
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a>,
2921 the status is always
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD
</code></a> when Lua calls the continuation.
2922 (For these two functions,
2923 Lua will not call the continuation in case of errors,
2924 because they do not handle errors.)
2925 Similarly, when using
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a>,
2926 you should call the continuation function
2927 with
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a> as the status.
2928 (For
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>, there is not much point in calling
2929 directly the continuation function,
2930 because
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a> usually does not return.)
2934 Lua treats the continuation function as if it were the original function.
2935 The continuation function receives the same Lua stack
2936 from the original function,
2937 in the same state it would be if the callee function had returned.
2939 after a
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a> the function and its arguments are
2940 removed from the stack and replaced by the results from the call.)
2941 It also has the same upvalues.
2942 Whatever it returns is handled by Lua as if it were the return
2943 of the original function.
2949 <h2>4.8 – <a name=
"4.8">Functions and Types
</a></h2>
2952 Here we list all functions and types from the C
API in
2954 Each function has an indicator like this:
2955 <span class=
"apii">[-o, +p,
<em>x
</em>]
</span>
2959 The first field,
<code>o
</code>,
2960 is how many elements the function pops from the stack.
2961 The second field,
<code>p
</code>,
2962 is how many elements the function pushes onto the stack.
2963 (Any function always pushes its results after popping its arguments.)
2964 A field in the form
<code>x|y
</code> means the function can push (or pop)
2965 <code>x
</code> or
<code>y
</code> elements,
2966 depending on the situation;
2967 an interrogation mark '
<code>?
</code>' means that
2968 we cannot know how many elements the function pops/pushes
2969 by looking only at its arguments
2970 (e.g., they may depend on what is on the stack).
2971 The third field,
<code>x
</code>,
2972 tells whether the function may raise errors:
2973 '
<code>-
</code>' means the function never raises any error;
2974 '
<code>e
</code>' means the function may raise errors;
2975 '
<code>v
</code>' means the function may raise an error on purpose.
2979 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_absindex"><code>lua_absindex
</code></a></h3><p>
2980 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
2981 <pre>int lua_absindex (lua_State *L, int idx);
</pre>
2984 Converts the acceptable index
<code>idx
</code>
2985 into an equivalent absolute index
2986 (that is, one that does not depend on the stack top).
2992 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Alloc"><code>lua_Alloc
</code></a></h3>
2993 <pre>typedef void * (*lua_Alloc) (void *ud,
2996 size_t nsize);
</pre>
2999 The type of the memory-allocation function used by Lua states.
3000 The allocator function must provide a
3001 functionality similar to
<code>realloc
</code>,
3002 but not exactly the same.
3004 <code>ud
</code>, an opaque pointer passed to
<a href=
"#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate
</code></a>;
3005 <code>ptr
</code>, a pointer to the block being allocated/reallocated/freed;
3006 <code>osize
</code>, the original size of the block or some code about what
3008 and
<code>nsize
</code>, the new size of the block.
3012 When
<code>ptr
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
3013 <code>osize
</code> is the size of the block pointed by
<code>ptr
</code>,
3014 that is, the size given when it was allocated or reallocated.
3018 When
<code>ptr
</code> is
<code>NULL
</code>,
3019 <code>osize
</code> encodes the kind of object that Lua is allocating.
3020 <code>osize
</code> is any of
3021 <a href=
"#pdf-LUA_TSTRING"><code>LUA_TSTRING
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_TTABLE"><code>LUA_TTABLE
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_TFUNCTION"><code>LUA_TFUNCTION
</code></a>,
3022 <a href=
"#pdf-LUA_TUSERDATA"><code>LUA_TUSERDATA
</code></a>, or
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_TTHREAD"><code>LUA_TTHREAD
</code></a> when (and only when)
3023 Lua is creating a new object of that type.
3024 When
<code>osize
</code> is some other value,
3025 Lua is allocating memory for something else.
3029 Lua assumes the following behavior from the allocator function:
3033 When
<code>nsize
</code> is zero,
3034 the allocator must behave like
<code>free
</code>
3035 and return
<code>NULL
</code>.
3039 When
<code>nsize
</code> is not zero,
3040 the allocator must behave like
<code>realloc
</code>.
3041 The allocator returns
<code>NULL
</code>
3042 if and only if it cannot fulfill the request.
3043 Lua assumes that the allocator never fails when
3044 <code>osize
>= nsize
</code>.
3048 Here is a simple implementation for the allocator function.
3049 It is used in the auxiliary library by
<a href=
"#luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate
</code></a>.
3052 static void *l_alloc (void *ud, void *ptr, size_t osize,
3054 (void)ud; (void)osize; /* not used */
3060 return realloc(ptr, nsize);
3063 Note that Standard
C ensures
3064 that
<code>free(NULL)
</code> has no effect and that
3065 <code>realloc(NULL,size)
</code> is equivalent to
<code>malloc(size)
</code>.
3066 This code assumes that
<code>realloc
</code> does not fail when shrinking a block.
3067 (Although Standard
C does not ensure this behavior,
3068 it seems to be a safe assumption.)
3074 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_arith"><code>lua_arith
</code></a></h3><p>
3075 <span class=
"apii">[-(
2|
1), +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3076 <pre>void lua_arith (lua_State *L, int op);
</pre>
3079 Performs an arithmetic or bitwise operation over the two values
3080 (or one, in the case of negations)
3081 at the top of the stack,
3082 with the value at the top being the second operand,
3083 pops these values, and pushes the result of the operation.
3084 The function follows the semantics of the corresponding Lua operator
3085 (that is, it may call metamethods).
3089 The value of
<code>op
</code> must be one of the following constants:
3093 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPADD"><code>LUA_OPADD
</code></a>:
</b> performs addition (
<code>+
</code>)
</li>
3094 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPSUB"><code>LUA_OPSUB
</code></a>:
</b> performs subtraction (
<code>-
</code>)
</li>
3095 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPMUL"><code>LUA_OPMUL
</code></a>:
</b> performs multiplication (
<code>*
</code>)
</li>
3096 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPDIV"><code>LUA_OPDIV
</code></a>:
</b> performs float division (
<code>/
</code>)
</li>
3097 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPIDIV"><code>LUA_OPIDIV
</code></a>:
</b> performs floor division (
<code>//
</code>)
</li>
3098 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPMOD"><code>LUA_OPMOD
</code></a>:
</b> performs modulo (
<code>%
</code>)
</li>
3099 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPPOW"><code>LUA_OPPOW
</code></a>:
</b> performs exponentiation (
<code>^
</code>)
</li>
3100 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPUNM"><code>LUA_OPUNM
</code></a>:
</b> performs mathematical negation (unary
<code>-
</code>)
</li>
3101 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPBNOT"><code>LUA_OPBNOT
</code></a>:
</b> performs bitwise negation (
<code>~
</code>)
</li>
3102 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPBAND"><code>LUA_OPBAND
</code></a>:
</b> performs bitwise and (
<code>&</code>)
</li>
3103 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPBOR"><code>LUA_OPBOR
</code></a>:
</b> performs bitwise or (
<code>|
</code>)
</li>
3104 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPBXOR"><code>LUA_OPBXOR
</code></a>:
</b> performs bitwise exclusive or (
<code>~
</code>)
</li>
3105 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPSHL"><code>LUA_OPSHL
</code></a>:
</b> performs left shift (
<code><<</code>)
</li>
3106 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPSHR"><code>LUA_OPSHR
</code></a>:
</b> performs right shift (
<code>>></code>)
</li>
3113 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_atpanic"><code>lua_atpanic
</code></a></h3><p>
3114 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3115 <pre>lua_CFunction lua_atpanic (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction panicf);
</pre>
3118 Sets a new panic function and returns the old one (see
<a href=
"#4.6">§4.6</a>).
3124 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a></h3><p>
3125 <span class=
"apii">[-(nargs+
1), +nresults,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3126 <pre>void lua_call (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults);
</pre>
3133 To call a function you must use the following protocol:
3134 first, the function to be called is pushed onto the stack;
3135 then, the arguments to the function are pushed
3137 that is, the first argument is pushed first.
3138 Finally you call
<a href=
"#lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a>;
3139 <code>nargs
</code> is the number of arguments that you pushed onto the stack.
3140 All arguments and the function value are popped from the stack
3141 when the function is called.
3142 The function results are pushed onto the stack when the function returns.
3143 The number of results is adjusted to
<code>nresults
</code>,
3144 unless
<code>nresults
</code> is
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_MULTRET"><code>LUA_MULTRET
</code></a>.
3145 In this case, all results from the function are pushed.
3146 Lua takes care that the returned values fit into the stack space.
3147 The function results are pushed onto the stack in direct order
3148 (the first result is pushed first),
3149 so that after the call the last result is on the top of the stack.
3153 Any error inside the called function is propagated upwards
3154 (with a
<code>longjmp
</code>).
3158 The following example shows how the host program can do the
3159 equivalent to this Lua code:
3162 a = f(
"how", t.x,
14)
3164 Here it is in
C:
3167 lua_getglobal(L,
"f"); /* function to be called */
3168 lua_pushliteral(L,
"how"); /*
1st argument */
3169 lua_getglobal(L,
"t"); /* table to be indexed */
3170 lua_getfield(L, -
1,
"x"); /* push result of t.x (
2nd arg) */
3171 lua_remove(L, -
2); /* remove 't' from the stack */
3172 lua_pushinteger(L,
14); /*
3rd argument */
3173 lua_call(L,
3,
1); /* call 'f' with
3 arguments and
1 result */
3174 lua_setglobal(L,
"a"); /* set global 'a' */
3176 Note that the code above is
<em>balanced
</em>:
3177 at its end, the stack is back to its original configuration.
3178 This is considered good programming practice.
3184 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a></h3><p>
3185 <span class=
"apii">[-(nargs +
1), +nresults,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3186 <pre>void lua_callk (lua_State *L,
3190 lua_KFunction k);
</pre>
3193 This function behaves exactly like
<a href=
"#lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a>,
3194 but allows the called function to yield (see
<a href=
"#4.7">§4.7</a>).
3200 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction
</code></a></h3>
3201 <pre>typedef int (*lua_CFunction) (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3204 Type for C
functions.
3208 In order to communicate properly with Lua,
3209 a C
function must use the following protocol,
3210 which defines the way parameters and results are passed:
3211 a C
function receives its arguments from Lua in its stack
3212 in direct order (the first argument is pushed first).
3213 So, when the function starts,
3214 <code>lua_gettop(L)
</code> returns the number of arguments received by the function.
3215 The first argument (if any) is at index
1
3216 and its last argument is at index
<code>lua_gettop(L)
</code>.
3217 To return values to Lua, a C
function just pushes them onto the stack,
3218 in direct order (the first result is pushed first),
3219 and returns the number of results.
3220 Any other value in the stack below the results will be properly
3222 Like a Lua function, a C
function called by Lua can also return
3227 As an example, the following function receives a variable number
3228 of numeric arguments and returns their average and their sum:
3231 static int foo (lua_State *L) {
3232 int n = lua_gettop(L); /* number of arguments */
3233 lua_Number sum =
0.0;
3235 for (i =
1; i
<= n; i++) {
3236 if (!lua_isnumber(L, i)) {
3237 lua_pushliteral(L,
"incorrect argument");
3240 sum += lua_tonumber(L, i);
3242 lua_pushnumber(L, sum/n); /* first result */
3243 lua_pushnumber(L, sum); /* second result */
3244 return
2; /* number of results */
3251 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_checkstack"><code>lua_checkstack
</code></a></h3><p>
3252 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3253 <pre>int lua_checkstack (lua_State *L, int n);
</pre>
3256 Ensures that the stack has space for at least
<code>n
</code> extra slots.
3257 It returns false if it cannot fulfill the request,
3258 either because it would cause the stack
3259 to be larger than a fixed maximum size
3260 (typically at least several thousand elements) or
3261 because it cannot allocate memory for the extra space.
3262 This function never shrinks the stack;
3263 if the stack is already larger than the new size,
3264 it is left unchanged.
3270 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_close"><code>lua_close
</code></a></h3><p>
3271 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3272 <pre>void lua_close (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3275 Destroys all objects in the given Lua state
3276 (calling the corresponding garbage-collection metamethods, if any)
3277 and frees all dynamic memory used by this state.
3278 On several platforms, you may not need to call this function,
3279 because all resources are naturally released when the host program ends.
3280 On the other hand, long-running programs that create multiple states,
3281 such as daemons or web servers,
3282 will probably need to close states as soon as they are not needed.
3288 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_compare"><code>lua_compare
</code></a></h3><p>
3289 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3290 <pre>int lua_compare (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2, int op);
</pre>
3293 Compares two Lua values.
3294 Returns
1 if the value at index
<code>index1
</code> satisfies
<code>op
</code>
3295 when compared with the value at index
<code>index2
</code>,
3296 following the semantics of the corresponding Lua operator
3297 (that is, it may call metamethods).
3298 Otherwise returns
0.
3299 Also returns
0 if any of the indices is not valid.
3303 The value of
<code>op
</code> must be one of the following constants:
3307 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPEQ"><code>LUA_OPEQ
</code></a>:
</b> compares for equality (
<code>==
</code>)
</li>
3308 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPLT"><code>LUA_OPLT
</code></a>:
</b> compares for less than (
<code><</code>)
</li>
3309 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OPLE"><code>LUA_OPLE
</code></a>:
</b> compares for less or equal (
<code><=
</code>)
</li>
3316 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_concat"><code>lua_concat
</code></a></h3><p>
3317 <span class=
"apii">[-n, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3318 <pre>void lua_concat (lua_State *L, int n);
</pre>
3321 Concatenates the
<code>n
</code> values at the top of the stack,
3322 pops them, and leaves the result at the top.
3323 If
<code>n
</code> is
1, the result is the single value on the stack
3324 (that is, the function does nothing);
3325 if
<code>n
</code> is
0, the result is the empty string.
3326 Concatenation is performed following the usual semantics of Lua
3327 (see
<a href=
"#3.4.6">§3.4.6</a>).
3333 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_copy"><code>lua_copy
</code></a></h3><p>
3334 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3335 <pre>void lua_copy (lua_State *L, int fromidx, int toidx);
</pre>
3338 Copies the element at index
<code>fromidx
</code>
3339 into the valid index
<code>toidx
</code>,
3340 replacing the value at that position.
3341 Values at other positions are not affected.
3347 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_createtable"><code>lua_createtable
</code></a></h3><p>
3348 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3349 <pre>void lua_createtable (lua_State *L, int narr, int nrec);
</pre>
3352 Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack.
3353 Parameter
<code>narr
</code> is a hint for how many elements the table
3354 will have as a sequence;
3355 parameter
<code>nrec
</code> is a hint for how many other elements
3356 the table will have.
3357 Lua may use these hints to preallocate memory for the new table.
3358 This pre-allocation is useful for performance when you know in advance
3359 how many elements the table will have.
3360 Otherwise you can use the function
<a href=
"#lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable
</code></a>.
3366 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a></h3><p>
3367 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3368 <pre>int lua_dump (lua_State *L,
3374 Dumps a function as a binary chunk.
3375 Receives a Lua function on the top of the stack
3376 and produces a binary chunk that,
3378 results in a function equivalent to the one dumped.
3379 As it produces parts of the chunk,
3380 <a href=
"#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a> calls function
<code>writer
</code> (see
<a href=
"#lua_Writer"><code>lua_Writer
</code></a>)
3381 with the given
<code>data
</code>
3386 If
<code>strip
</code> is true,
3387 the binary representation may not include all debug information
3393 The value returned is the error code returned by the last
3395 0 means no errors.
3399 This function does not pop the Lua function from the stack.
3405 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_error"><code>lua_error
</code></a></h3><p>
3406 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
3407 <pre>int lua_error (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3410 Generates a Lua error,
3411 using the value at the top of the stack as the error object.
3412 This function does a long jump,
3413 and therefore never returns
3414 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_error"><code>luaL_error
</code></a>).
3420 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_gc"><code>lua_gc
</code></a></h3><p>
3421 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3422 <pre>int lua_gc (lua_State *L, int what, int data);
</pre>
3425 Controls the garbage collector.
3429 This function performs several tasks,
3430 according to the value of the parameter
<code>what
</code>:
3434 <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTOP
</code>:
</b>
3435 stops the garbage collector.
3438 <li><b><code>LUA_GCRESTART
</code>:
</b>
3439 restarts the garbage collector.
3442 <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOLLECT
</code>:
</b>
3443 performs a full garbage-collection cycle.
3446 <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNT
</code>:
</b>
3447 returns the current amount of memory (in Kbytes) in use by Lua.
3450 <li><b><code>LUA_GCCOUNTB
</code>:
</b>
3451 returns the remainder of dividing the current amount of bytes of
3452 memory in use by Lua by
1024.
3455 <li><b><code>LUA_GCSTEP
</code>:
</b>
3456 performs an incremental step of garbage collection.
3459 <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETPAUSE
</code>:
</b>
3460 sets
<code>data
</code> as the new value
3461 for the
<em>pause
</em> of the collector (see
<a href=
"#2.5">§2.5</a>)
3462 and returns the previous value of the pause.
3465 <li><b><code>LUA_GCSETSTEPMUL
</code>:
</b>
3466 sets
<code>data
</code> as the new value for the
<em>step multiplier
</em> of
3467 the collector (see
<a href=
"#2.5">§2.5</a>)
3468 and returns the previous value of the step multiplier.
3471 <li><b><code>LUA_GCISRUNNING
</code>:
</b>
3472 returns a boolean that tells whether the collector is running
3473 (i.e., not stopped).
3479 For more details about these options,
3480 see
<a href=
"#pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage
</code></a>.
3486 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getallocf"><code>lua_getallocf
</code></a></h3><p>
3487 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3488 <pre>lua_Alloc lua_getallocf (lua_State *L, void **ud);
</pre>
3491 Returns the memory-allocation function of a given state.
3492 If
<code>ud
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>, Lua stores in
<code>*ud
</code> the
3493 opaque pointer given when the memory-allocator function was set.
3499 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getfield"><code>lua_getfield
</code></a></h3><p>
3500 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3501 <pre>int lua_getfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);
</pre>
3504 Pushes onto the stack the value
<code>t[k]
</code>,
3505 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at the given index.
3506 As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod
3507 for the
"index" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
3511 Returns the type of the pushed value.
3517 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getextraspace"><code>lua_getextraspace
</code></a></h3><p>
3518 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3519 <pre>void *lua_getextraspace (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3522 Returns a pointer to a raw memory area associated with the
3524 The application can use this area for any purpose;
3525 Lua does not use it for anything.
3529 Each new thread has this area initialized with a copy
3530 of the area of the main thread.
3534 By default, this area has the size of a pointer to void,
3535 but you can recompile Lua with a different size for this area.
3536 (See
<code>LUA_EXTRASPACE
</code> in
<code>luaconf.h
</code>.)
3542 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getglobal"><code>lua_getglobal
</code></a></h3><p>
3543 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3544 <pre>int lua_getglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);
</pre>
3547 Pushes onto the stack the value of the global
<code>name
</code>.
3548 Returns the type of that value.
3554 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_geti"><code>lua_geti
</code></a></h3><p>
3555 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3556 <pre>int lua_geti (lua_State *L, int index, lua_Integer i);
</pre>
3559 Pushes onto the stack the value
<code>t[i]
</code>,
3560 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at the given index.
3561 As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod
3562 for the
"index" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
3566 Returns the type of the pushed value.
3572 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getmetatable"><code>lua_getmetatable
</code></a></h3><p>
3573 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +(
0|
1),
–]
</span>
3574 <pre>int lua_getmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3577 If the value at the given index has a metatable,
3578 the function pushes that metatable onto the stack and returns
1.
3580 the function returns
0 and pushes nothing on the stack.
3586 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable
</code></a></h3><p>
3587 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3588 <pre>int lua_gettable (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3591 Pushes onto the stack the value
<code>t[k]
</code>,
3592 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at the given index
3593 and
<code>k
</code> is the value at the top of the stack.
3597 This function pops the key from the stack,
3598 pushing the resulting value in its place.
3599 As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod
3600 for the
"index" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
3604 Returns the type of the pushed value.
3610 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_gettop"><code>lua_gettop
</code></a></h3><p>
3611 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3612 <pre>int lua_gettop (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3615 Returns the index of the top element in the stack.
3616 Because indices start at
1,
3617 this result is equal to the number of elements in the stack;
3618 in particular,
0 means an empty stack.
3624 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getuservalue"><code>lua_getuservalue
</code></a></h3><p>
3625 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
3626 <pre>int lua_getuservalue (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3629 Pushes onto the stack the Lua value associated with the userdata
3634 Returns the type of the pushed value.
3640 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_insert"><code>lua_insert
</code></a></h3><p>
3641 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
1,
–]
</span>
3642 <pre>void lua_insert (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3645 Moves the top element into the given valid index,
3646 shifting up the elements above this index to open space.
3647 This function cannot be called with a pseudo-index,
3648 because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position.
3654 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a></h3>
3655 <pre>typedef ... lua_Integer;
</pre>
3658 The type of integers in Lua.
3662 By default this type is
<code>long long
</code>,
3663 (usually a
64-bit two-complement integer),
3664 but that can be changed to
<code>long
</code> or
<code>int
</code>
3665 (usually a
32-bit two-complement integer).
3666 (See
<code>LUA_INT_TYPE
</code> in
<code>luaconf.h
</code>.)
3670 Lua also defines the constants
3671 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_MININTEGER"><code>LUA_MININTEGER
</code></a> and
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_MAXINTEGER"><code>LUA_MAXINTEGER
</code></a>,
3672 with the minimum and the maximum values that fit in this type.
3678 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean
</code></a></h3><p>
3679 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3680 <pre>int lua_isboolean (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3683 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a boolean,
3684 and
0 otherwise.
3690 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_iscfunction"><code>lua_iscfunction
</code></a></h3><p>
3691 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3692 <pre>int lua_iscfunction (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3695 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a C
function,
3696 and
0 otherwise.
3702 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isfunction"><code>lua_isfunction
</code></a></h3><p>
3703 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3704 <pre>int lua_isfunction (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3707 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a function
3708 (either C or Lua), and
0 otherwise.
3714 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isinteger"><code>lua_isinteger
</code></a></h3><p>
3715 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3716 <pre>int lua_isinteger (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3719 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is an integer
3720 (that is, the value is a number and is represented as an integer),
3721 and
0 otherwise.
3727 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_islightuserdata"><code>lua_islightuserdata
</code></a></h3><p>
3728 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3729 <pre>int lua_islightuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3732 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a light userdata,
3733 and
0 otherwise.
3739 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isnil"><code>lua_isnil
</code></a></h3><p>
3740 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3741 <pre>int lua_isnil (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3744 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is
<b>nil
</b>,
3745 and
0 otherwise.
3751 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isnone"><code>lua_isnone
</code></a></h3><p>
3752 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3753 <pre>int lua_isnone (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3756 Returns
1 if the given index is not valid,
3757 and
0 otherwise.
3763 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isnoneornil"><code>lua_isnoneornil
</code></a></h3><p>
3764 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3765 <pre>int lua_isnoneornil (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3768 Returns
1 if the given index is not valid
3769 or if the value at this index is
<b>nil
</b>,
3770 and
0 otherwise.
3776 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isnumber"><code>lua_isnumber
</code></a></h3><p>
3777 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3778 <pre>int lua_isnumber (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3781 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a number
3782 or a string convertible to a number,
3783 and
0 otherwise.
3789 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isstring"><code>lua_isstring
</code></a></h3><p>
3790 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3791 <pre>int lua_isstring (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3794 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a string
3795 or a number (which is always convertible to a string),
3796 and
0 otherwise.
3802 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_istable"><code>lua_istable
</code></a></h3><p>
3803 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3804 <pre>int lua_istable (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3807 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a table,
3808 and
0 otherwise.
3814 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isthread"><code>lua_isthread
</code></a></h3><p>
3815 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3816 <pre>int lua_isthread (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3819 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a thread,
3820 and
0 otherwise.
3826 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isuserdata"><code>lua_isuserdata
</code></a></h3><p>
3827 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3828 <pre>int lua_isuserdata (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3831 Returns
1 if the value at the given index is a userdata
3832 (either full or light), and
0 otherwise.
3838 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_isyieldable"><code>lua_isyieldable
</code></a></h3><p>
3839 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3840 <pre>int lua_isyieldable (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3843 Returns
1 if the given coroutine can yield,
3844 and
0 otherwise.
3850 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_KContext"><code>lua_KContext
</code></a></h3>
3851 <pre>typedef ... lua_KContext;
</pre>
3854 The type for continuation-function contexts.
3855 It must be a numeric type.
3856 This type is defined as
<code>intptr_t
</code>
3857 when
<code>intptr_t
</code> is available,
3858 so that it can store pointers too.
3859 Otherwise, it is defined as
<code>ptrdiff_t
</code>.
3865 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_KFunction"><code>lua_KFunction
</code></a></h3>
3866 <pre>typedef int (*lua_KFunction) (lua_State *L, int status, lua_KContext ctx);
</pre>
3869 Type for continuation functions (see
<a href=
"#4.7">§4.7</a>).
3875 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_len"><code>lua_len
</code></a></h3><p>
3876 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3877 <pre>void lua_len (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
3880 Returns the length of the value at the given index.
3881 It is equivalent to the '
<code>#
</code>' operator in Lua (see
<a href=
"#3.4.7">§3.4.7</a>) and
3882 may trigger a metamethod for the
"length" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
3883 The result is pushed on the stack.
3889 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a></h3><p>
3890 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
3891 <pre>int lua_load (lua_State *L,
3894 const char *chunkname,
3895 const char *mode);
</pre>
3898 Loads a Lua chunk without running it.
3899 If there are no errors,
3900 <code>lua_load
</code> pushes the compiled chunk as a Lua
3901 function on top of the stack.
3902 Otherwise, it pushes an error message.
3906 The return values of
<code>lua_load
</code> are:
3910 <li><b><a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a>:
</b> no errors;
</li>
3912 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_ERRSYNTAX"><code>LUA_ERRSYNTAX
</code></a>:
</b>
3913 syntax error during precompilation;
</li>
3915 <li><b><a href=
"#pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM
</code></a>:
</b>
3916 memory allocation error;
</li>
3918 <li><b><a href=
"#pdf-LUA_ERRGCMM"><code>LUA_ERRGCMM
</code></a>:
</b>
3919 error while running a
<code>__gc
</code> metamethod.
3920 (This error has no relation with the chunk being loaded.
3921 It is generated by the garbage collector.)
3927 The
<code>lua_load
</code> function uses a user-supplied
<code>reader
</code> function
3928 to read the chunk (see
<a href=
"#lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader
</code></a>).
3929 The
<code>data
</code> argument is an opaque value passed to the reader function.
3933 The
<code>chunkname
</code> argument gives a name to the chunk,
3934 which is used for error messages and in debug information (see
<a href=
"#4.9">§4.9</a>).
3938 <code>lua_load
</code> automatically detects whether the chunk is text or binary
3939 and loads it accordingly (see program
<code>luac
</code>).
3940 The string
<code>mode
</code> works as in function
<a href=
"#pdf-load"><code>load
</code></a>,
3941 with the addition that
3942 a
<code>NULL
</code> value is equivalent to the string
"<code>bt</code>".
3946 <code>lua_load
</code> uses the stack internally,
3947 so the reader function must always leave the stack
3948 unmodified when returning.
3952 If the resulting function has upvalues,
3953 its first upvalue is set to the value of the global environment
3954 stored at index
<code>LUA_RIDX_GLOBALS
</code> in the registry (see
<a href=
"#4.5">§4.5</a>).
3955 When loading main chunks,
3956 this upvalue will be the
<code>_ENV
</code> variable (see
<a href=
"#2.2">§2.2</a>).
3957 Other upvalues are initialized with
<b>nil
</b>.
3963 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate
</code></a></h3><p>
3964 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
3965 <pre>lua_State *lua_newstate (lua_Alloc f, void *ud);
</pre>
3968 Creates a new thread running in a new, independent state.
3969 Returns
<code>NULL
</code> if it cannot create the thread or the state
3970 (due to lack of memory).
3971 The argument
<code>f
</code> is the allocator function;
3972 Lua does all memory allocation for this state through this function.
3973 The second argument,
<code>ud
</code>, is an opaque pointer that Lua
3974 passes to the allocator in every call.
3980 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_newtable"><code>lua_newtable
</code></a></h3><p>
3981 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3982 <pre>void lua_newtable (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3985 Creates a new empty table and pushes it onto the stack.
3986 It is equivalent to
<code>lua_createtable(L,
0,
0)
</code>.
3992 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_newthread"><code>lua_newthread
</code></a></h3><p>
3993 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
3994 <pre>lua_State *lua_newthread (lua_State *L);
</pre>
3997 Creates a new thread, pushes it on the stack,
3998 and returns a pointer to a
<a href=
"#lua_State"><code>lua_State
</code></a> that represents this new thread.
3999 The new thread returned by this function shares with the original thread
4000 its global environment,
4001 but has an independent execution stack.
4005 There is no explicit function to close or to destroy a thread.
4006 Threads are subject to garbage collection,
4007 like any Lua object.
4013 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_newuserdata"><code>lua_newuserdata
</code></a></h3><p>
4014 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4015 <pre>void *lua_newuserdata (lua_State *L, size_t size);
</pre>
4018 This function allocates a new block of memory with the given size,
4019 pushes onto the stack a new full userdata with the block address,
4020 and returns this address.
4021 The host program can freely use this memory.
4027 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_next"><code>lua_next
</code></a></h3><p>
4028 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +(
2|
0),
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4029 <pre>int lua_next (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4032 Pops a key from the stack,
4033 and pushes a key
–value pair from the table at the given index
4034 (the
"next" pair after the given key).
4035 If there are no more elements in the table,
4036 then
<a href=
"#lua_next"><code>lua_next
</code></a> returns
0 (and pushes nothing).
4040 A typical traversal looks like this:
4043 /* table is in the stack at index 't' */
4044 lua_pushnil(L); /* first key */
4045 while (lua_next(L, t) !=
0) {
4046 /* uses 'key' (at index -
2) and 'value' (at index -
1) */
4048 lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -
2)),
4049 lua_typename(L, lua_type(L, -
1)));
4050 /* removes 'value'; keeps 'key' for next iteration */
4056 While traversing a table,
4057 do not call
<a href=
"#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring
</code></a> directly on a key,
4058 unless you know that the key is actually a string.
4059 Recall that
<a href=
"#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring
</code></a> may change
4060 the value at the given index;
4061 this confuses the next call to
<a href=
"#lua_next"><code>lua_next
</code></a>.
4065 See function
<a href=
"#pdf-next"><code>next
</code></a> for the caveats of modifying
4066 the table during its traversal.
4072 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Number"><code>lua_Number
</code></a></h3>
4073 <pre>typedef ... lua_Number;
</pre>
4076 The type of floats in Lua.
4080 By default this type is double,
4081 but that can be changed to a single float or a long double.
4082 (See
<code>LUA_FLOAT_TYPE
</code> in
<code>luaconf.h
</code>.)
4088 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_numbertointeger"><code>lua_numbertointeger
</code></a></h3>
4089 <pre>int lua_numbertointeger (lua_Number n, lua_Integer *p);
</pre>
4092 Converts a Lua float to a Lua integer.
4093 This macro assumes that
<code>n
</code> has an integral value.
4094 If that value is within the range of Lua integers,
4095 it is converted to an integer and assigned to
<code>*p
</code>.
4096 The macro results in a boolean indicating whether the
4097 conversion was successful.
4098 (Note that this range test can be tricky to do
4099 correctly without this macro,
4104 This macro may evaluate its arguments more than once.
4110 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a></h3><p>
4111 <span class=
"apii">[-(nargs +
1), +(nresults|
1),
–]
</span>
4112 <pre>int lua_pcall (lua_State *L, int nargs, int nresults, int msgh);
</pre>
4115 Calls a function in protected mode.
4119 Both
<code>nargs
</code> and
<code>nresults
</code> have the same meaning as
4120 in
<a href=
"#lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a>.
4121 If there are no errors during the call,
4122 <a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> behaves exactly like
<a href=
"#lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a>.
4123 However, if there is any error,
4124 <a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> catches it,
4125 pushes a single value on the stack (the error message),
4126 and returns an error code.
4127 Like
<a href=
"#lua_call"><code>lua_call
</code></a>,
4128 <a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> always removes the function
4129 and its arguments from the stack.
4133 If
<code>msgh
</code> is
0,
4134 then the error message returned on the stack
4135 is exactly the original error message.
4136 Otherwise,
<code>msgh
</code> is the stack index of a
4137 <em>message handler
</em>.
4138 (This index cannot be a pseudo-index.)
4139 In case of runtime errors,
4140 this function will be called with the error message
4141 and its return value will be the message
4142 returned on the stack by
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a>.
4146 Typically, the message handler is used to add more debug
4147 information to the error message, such as a stack traceback.
4148 Such information cannot be gathered after the return of
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a>,
4149 since by then the stack has unwound.
4153 The
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a> function returns one of the following constants
4154 (defined in
<code>lua.h
</code>):
4158 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a> (
0):
</b>
4161 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_ERRRUN"><code>LUA_ERRRUN
</code></a>:
</b>
4165 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_ERRMEM"><code>LUA_ERRMEM
</code></a>:
</b>
4166 memory allocation error.
4167 For such errors, Lua does not call the message handler.
4170 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_ERRERR"><code>LUA_ERRERR
</code></a>:
</b>
4171 error while running the message handler.
4174 <li><b><a name=
"pdf-LUA_ERRGCMM"><code>LUA_ERRGCMM
</code></a>:
</b>
4175 error while running a
<code>__gc
</code> metamethod.
4176 (This error typically has no relation with the function being called.)
4184 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a></h3><p>
4185 <span class=
"apii">[-(nargs +
1), +(nresults|
1),
–]
</span>
4186 <pre>int lua_pcallk (lua_State *L,
4191 lua_KFunction k);
</pre>
4194 This function behaves exactly like
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a>,
4195 but allows the called function to yield (see
<a href=
"#4.7">§4.7</a>).
4201 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pop"><code>lua_pop
</code></a></h3><p>
4202 <span class=
"apii">[-n, +
0,
–]
</span>
4203 <pre>void lua_pop (lua_State *L, int n);
</pre>
4206 Pops
<code>n
</code> elements from the stack.
4212 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushboolean"><code>lua_pushboolean
</code></a></h3><p>
4213 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4214 <pre>void lua_pushboolean (lua_State *L, int b);
</pre>
4217 Pushes a boolean value with value
<code>b
</code> onto the stack.
4223 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure
</code></a></h3><p>
4224 <span class=
"apii">[-n, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4225 <pre>void lua_pushcclosure (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction fn, int n);
</pre>
4228 Pushes a new C
closure onto the stack.
4232 When a C
function is created,
4233 it is possible to associate some values with it,
4234 thus creating a C
closure (see
<a href=
"#4.4">§4.4</a>);
4235 these values are then accessible to the function whenever it is called.
4236 To associate values with a C
function,
4237 first these values must be pushed onto the stack
4238 (when there are multiple values, the first value is pushed first).
4239 Then
<a href=
"#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure
</code></a>
4240 is called to create and push the C
function onto the stack,
4241 with the argument
<code>n
</code> telling how many values will be
4242 associated with the function.
4243 <a href=
"#lua_pushcclosure"><code>lua_pushcclosure
</code></a> also pops these values from the stack.
4247 The maximum value for
<code>n
</code> is
255.
4251 When
<code>n
</code> is zero,
4252 this function creates a
<em>light C function
</em>,
4253 which is just a pointer to the C
function.
4254 In that case, it never raises a memory error.
4260 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushcfunction"><code>lua_pushcfunction
</code></a></h3><p>
4261 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4262 <pre>void lua_pushcfunction (lua_State *L, lua_CFunction f);
</pre>
4265 Pushes a C
function onto the stack.
4266 This function receives a pointer to a C function
4267 and pushes onto the stack a Lua value of type
<code>function
</code> that,
4268 when called, invokes the corresponding C
function.
4272 Any function to be callable by Lua must
4273 follow the correct protocol to receive its parameters
4274 and return its results (see
<a href=
"#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction
</code></a>).
4280 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring
</code></a></h3><p>
4281 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4282 <pre>const char *lua_pushfstring (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);
</pre>
4285 Pushes onto the stack a formatted string
4286 and returns a pointer to this string.
4287 It is similar to the ISO
C function
<code>sprintf
</code>,
4288 but has some important differences:
4293 You do not have to allocate space for the result:
4294 the result is a Lua string and Lua takes care of memory allocation
4295 (and deallocation, through garbage collection).
4299 The conversion specifiers are quite restricted.
4300 There are no flags, widths, or precisions.
4301 The conversion specifiers can only be
4302 '
<code>%%
</code>' (inserts the character '
<code>%
</code>'),
4303 '
<code>%s
</code>' (inserts a zero-terminated string, with no size restrictions),
4304 '
<code>%f
</code>' (inserts a
<a href=
"#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number
</code></a>),
4305 '
<code>%I
</code>' (inserts a
<a href=
"#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a>),
4306 '
<code>%p
</code>' (inserts a pointer as a hexadecimal numeral),
4307 '
<code>%d
</code>' (inserts an
<code>int
</code>),
4308 '
<code>%c
</code>' (inserts an
<code>int
</code> as a one-byte character), and
4309 '
<code>%U
</code>' (inserts a
<code>long int
</code> as a UTF-
8 byte sequence).
4317 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushglobaltable"><code>lua_pushglobaltable
</code></a></h3><p>
4318 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4319 <pre>void lua_pushglobaltable (lua_State *L);
</pre>
4322 Pushes the global environment onto the stack.
4328 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushinteger"><code>lua_pushinteger
</code></a></h3><p>
4329 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4330 <pre>void lua_pushinteger (lua_State *L, lua_Integer n);
</pre>
4333 Pushes an integer with value
<code>n
</code> onto the stack.
4339 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushlightuserdata"><code>lua_pushlightuserdata
</code></a></h3><p>
4340 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4341 <pre>void lua_pushlightuserdata (lua_State *L, void *p);
</pre>
4344 Pushes a light userdata onto the stack.
4348 Userdata represent C
values in Lua.
4349 A
<em>light userdata
</em> represents a pointer, a
<code>void*
</code>.
4350 It is a value (like a number):
4351 you do not create it, it has no individual metatable,
4352 and it is not collected (as it was never created).
4353 A light userdata is equal to
"any"
4354 light userdata with the same C
address.
4360 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushliteral"><code>lua_pushliteral
</code></a></h3><p>
4361 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4362 <pre>const char *lua_pushliteral (lua_State *L, const char *s);
</pre>
4365 This macro is equivalent to
<a href=
"#lua_pushstring"><code>lua_pushstring
</code></a>,
4366 but should be used only when
<code>s
</code> is a literal string.
4372 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushlstring"><code>lua_pushlstring
</code></a></h3><p>
4373 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4374 <pre>const char *lua_pushlstring (lua_State *L, const char *s, size_t len);
</pre>
4377 Pushes the string pointed to by
<code>s
</code> with size
<code>len
</code>
4379 Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string,
4380 so the memory at
<code>s
</code> can be freed or reused immediately after
4381 the function returns.
4382 The string can contain any binary data,
4383 including embedded zeros.
4387 Returns a pointer to the internal copy of the string.
4393 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushnil"><code>lua_pushnil
</code></a></h3><p>
4394 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4395 <pre>void lua_pushnil (lua_State *L);
</pre>
4398 Pushes a nil value onto the stack.
4404 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushnumber"><code>lua_pushnumber
</code></a></h3><p>
4405 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4406 <pre>void lua_pushnumber (lua_State *L, lua_Number n);
</pre>
4409 Pushes a float with value
<code>n
</code> onto the stack.
4415 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushstring"><code>lua_pushstring
</code></a></h3><p>
4416 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4417 <pre>const char *lua_pushstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);
</pre>
4420 Pushes the zero-terminated string pointed to by
<code>s
</code>
4422 Lua makes (or reuses) an internal copy of the given string,
4423 so the memory at
<code>s
</code> can be freed or reused immediately after
4424 the function returns.
4428 Returns a pointer to the internal copy of the string.
4432 If
<code>s
</code> is
<code>NULL
</code>, pushes
<b>nil
</b> and returns
<code>NULL
</code>.
4438 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushthread"><code>lua_pushthread
</code></a></h3><p>
4439 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4440 <pre>int lua_pushthread (lua_State *L);
</pre>
4443 Pushes the thread represented by
<code>L
</code> onto the stack.
4444 Returns
1 if this thread is the main thread of its state.
4450 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushvalue"><code>lua_pushvalue
</code></a></h3><p>
4451 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4452 <pre>void lua_pushvalue (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4455 Pushes a copy of the element at the given index
4462 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_pushvfstring"><code>lua_pushvfstring
</code></a></h3><p>
4463 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4464 <pre>const char *lua_pushvfstring (lua_State *L,
4466 va_list argp);
</pre>
4469 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring
</code></a>, except that it receives a
<code>va_list
</code>
4470 instead of a variable number of arguments.
4476 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawequal"><code>lua_rawequal
</code></a></h3><p>
4477 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4478 <pre>int lua_rawequal (lua_State *L, int index1, int index2);
</pre>
4481 Returns
1 if the two values in indices
<code>index1
</code> and
4482 <code>index2
</code> are primitively equal
4483 (that is, without calling metamethods).
4484 Otherwise returns
0.
4485 Also returns
0 if any of the indices are not valid.
4491 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawget"><code>lua_rawget
</code></a></h3><p>
4492 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
1,
–]
</span>
4493 <pre>int lua_rawget (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4496 Similar to
<a href=
"#lua_gettable"><code>lua_gettable
</code></a>, but does a raw access
4497 (i.e., without metamethods).
4503 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawgeti"><code>lua_rawgeti
</code></a></h3><p>
4504 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4505 <pre>int lua_rawgeti (lua_State *L, int index, lua_Integer n);
</pre>
4508 Pushes onto the stack the value
<code>t[n]
</code>,
4509 where
<code>t
</code> is the table at the given index.
4511 that is, it does not invoke metamethods.
4515 Returns the type of the pushed value.
4521 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawgetp"><code>lua_rawgetp
</code></a></h3><p>
4522 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4523 <pre>int lua_rawgetp (lua_State *L, int index, const void *p);
</pre>
4526 Pushes onto the stack the value
<code>t[k]
</code>,
4527 where
<code>t
</code> is the table at the given index and
4528 <code>k
</code> is the pointer
<code>p
</code> represented as a light userdata.
4530 that is, it does not invoke metamethods.
4534 Returns the type of the pushed value.
4540 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawlen"><code>lua_rawlen
</code></a></h3><p>
4541 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4542 <pre>size_t lua_rawlen (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4545 Returns the raw
"length" of the value at the given index:
4546 for strings, this is the string length;
4547 for tables, this is the result of the length operator ('
<code>#
</code>')
4548 with no metamethods;
4549 for userdata, this is the size of the block of memory allocated
4551 for other values, it is
0.
4557 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawset"><code>lua_rawset
</code></a></h3><p>
4558 <span class=
"apii">[-
2, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4559 <pre>void lua_rawset (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4562 Similar to
<a href=
"#lua_settable"><code>lua_settable
</code></a>, but does a raw assignment
4563 (i.e., without metamethods).
4569 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawseti"><code>lua_rawseti
</code></a></h3><p>
4570 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4571 <pre>void lua_rawseti (lua_State *L, int index, lua_Integer i);
</pre>
4574 Does the equivalent of
<code>t[i] = v
</code>,
4575 where
<code>t
</code> is the table at the given index
4576 and
<code>v
</code> is the value at the top of the stack.
4580 This function pops the value from the stack.
4581 The assignment is raw;
4582 that is, it does not invoke metamethods.
4588 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rawsetp"><code>lua_rawsetp
</code></a></h3><p>
4589 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4590 <pre>void lua_rawsetp (lua_State *L, int index, const void *p);
</pre>
4593 Does the equivalent of
<code>t[p] = v
</code>,
4594 where
<code>t
</code> is the table at the given index,
4595 <code>p
</code> is encoded as a light userdata,
4596 and
<code>v
</code> is the value at the top of the stack.
4600 This function pops the value from the stack.
4601 The assignment is raw;
4602 that is, it does not invoke metamethods.
4608 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Reader"><code>lua_Reader
</code></a></h3>
4609 <pre>typedef const char * (*lua_Reader) (lua_State *L,
4611 size_t *size);
</pre>
4614 The reader function used by
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>.
4615 Every time it needs another piece of the chunk,
4616 <a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a> calls the reader,
4617 passing along its
<code>data
</code> parameter.
4618 The reader must return a pointer to a block of memory
4619 with a new piece of the chunk
4620 and set
<code>size
</code> to the block size.
4621 The block must exist until the reader function is called again.
4622 To signal the end of the chunk,
4623 the reader must return
<code>NULL
</code> or set
<code>size
</code> to zero.
4624 The reader function may return pieces of any size greater than zero.
4630 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_register"><code>lua_register
</code></a></h3><p>
4631 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4632 <pre>void lua_register (lua_State *L, const char *name, lua_CFunction f);
</pre>
4635 Sets the C function
<code>f
</code> as the new value of global
<code>name
</code>.
4636 It is defined as a macro:
4639 #define lua_register(L,n,f) \
4640 (lua_pushcfunction(L, f), lua_setglobal(L, n))
4646 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_remove"><code>lua_remove
</code></a></h3><p>
4647 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
–]
</span>
4648 <pre>void lua_remove (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4651 Removes the element at the given valid index,
4652 shifting down the elements above this index to fill the gap.
4653 This function cannot be called with a pseudo-index,
4654 because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position.
4660 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_replace"><code>lua_replace
</code></a></h3><p>
4661 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
–]
</span>
4662 <pre>void lua_replace (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4665 Moves the top element into the given valid index
4666 without shifting any element
4667 (therefore replacing the value at that given index),
4668 and then pops the top element.
4674 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a></h3><p>
4675 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
–]
</span>
4676 <pre>int lua_resume (lua_State *L, lua_State *from, int nargs);
</pre>
4679 Starts and resumes a coroutine in the given thread
<code>L
</code>.
4683 To start a coroutine,
4684 you push onto the thread stack the main function plus any arguments;
4685 then you call
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a>,
4686 with
<code>nargs
</code> being the number of arguments.
4687 This call returns when the coroutine suspends or finishes its execution.
4688 When it returns, the stack contains all values passed to
<a href=
"#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield
</code></a>,
4689 or all values returned by the body function.
4690 <a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a> returns
4691 <a href=
"#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD
</code></a> if the coroutine yields,
4692 <a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a> if the coroutine finishes its execution
4694 or an error code in case of errors (see
<a href=
"#lua_pcall"><code>lua_pcall
</code></a>).
4699 the stack is not unwound,
4700 so you can use the debug API over it.
4701 The error message is on the top of the stack.
4705 To resume a coroutine,
4706 you remove any results from the last
<a href=
"#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield
</code></a>,
4707 put on its stack only the values to
4708 be passed as results from
<code>yield
</code>,
4709 and then call
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a>.
4713 The parameter
<code>from
</code> represents the coroutine that is resuming
<code>L
</code>.
4714 If there is no such coroutine,
4715 this parameter can be
<code>NULL
</code>.
4721 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_rotate"><code>lua_rotate
</code></a></h3><p>
4722 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4723 <pre>void lua_rotate (lua_State *L, int idx, int n);
</pre>
4726 Rotates the stack elements between the valid index
<code>idx
</code>
4727 and the top of the stack.
4728 The elements are rotated
<code>n
</code> positions in the direction of the top,
4729 for a positive
<code>n
</code>,
4730 or
<code>-n
</code> positions in the direction of the bottom,
4731 for a negative
<code>n
</code>.
4732 The absolute value of
<code>n
</code> must not be greater than the size
4733 of the slice being rotated.
4734 This function cannot be called with a pseudo-index,
4735 because a pseudo-index is not an actual stack position.
4741 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setallocf"><code>lua_setallocf
</code></a></h3><p>
4742 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4743 <pre>void lua_setallocf (lua_State *L, lua_Alloc f, void *ud);
</pre>
4746 Changes the allocator function of a given state to
<code>f
</code>
4747 with user data
<code>ud
</code>.
4753 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setfield"><code>lua_setfield
</code></a></h3><p>
4754 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4755 <pre>void lua_setfield (lua_State *L, int index, const char *k);
</pre>
4758 Does the equivalent to
<code>t[k] = v
</code>,
4759 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at the given index
4760 and
<code>v
</code> is the value at the top of the stack.
4764 This function pops the value from the stack.
4765 As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod
4766 for the
"newindex" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
4772 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setglobal"><code>lua_setglobal
</code></a></h3><p>
4773 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4774 <pre>void lua_setglobal (lua_State *L, const char *name);
</pre>
4777 Pops a value from the stack and
4778 sets it as the new value of global
<code>name
</code>.
4784 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_seti"><code>lua_seti
</code></a></h3><p>
4785 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4786 <pre>void lua_seti (lua_State *L, int index, lua_Integer n);
</pre>
4789 Does the equivalent to
<code>t[n] = v
</code>,
4790 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at the given index
4791 and
<code>v
</code> is the value at the top of the stack.
4795 This function pops the value from the stack.
4796 As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod
4797 for the
"newindex" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
4803 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setmetatable"><code>lua_setmetatable
</code></a></h3><p>
4804 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
–]
</span>
4805 <pre>void lua_setmetatable (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4808 Pops a table from the stack and
4809 sets it as the new metatable for the value at the given index.
4815 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_settable"><code>lua_settable
</code></a></h3><p>
4816 <span class=
"apii">[-
2, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4817 <pre>void lua_settable (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4820 Does the equivalent to
<code>t[k] = v
</code>,
4821 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at the given index,
4822 <code>v
</code> is the value at the top of the stack,
4823 and
<code>k
</code> is the value just below the top.
4827 This function pops both the key and the value from the stack.
4828 As in Lua, this function may trigger a metamethod
4829 for the
"newindex" event (see
<a href=
"#2.4">§2.4</a>).
4835 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_settop"><code>lua_settop
</code></a></h3><p>
4836 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
–]
</span>
4837 <pre>void lua_settop (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4840 Accepts any index, or
0,
4841 and sets the stack top to this index.
4842 If the new top is larger than the old one,
4843 then the new elements are filled with
<b>nil
</b>.
4844 If
<code>index
</code> is
0, then all stack elements are removed.
4850 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setuservalue"><code>lua_setuservalue
</code></a></h3><p>
4851 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
–]
</span>
4852 <pre>void lua_setuservalue (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4855 Pops a value from the stack and sets it as
4856 the new value associated to the userdata at the given index.
4862 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_State"><code>lua_State
</code></a></h3>
4863 <pre>typedef struct lua_State lua_State;
</pre>
4866 An opaque structure that points to a thread and indirectly
4867 (through the thread) to the whole state of a Lua interpreter.
4868 The Lua library is fully reentrant:
4869 it has no global variables.
4870 All information about a state is accessible through this structure.
4874 A pointer to this structure must be passed as the first argument to
4875 every function in the library, except to
<a href=
"#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate
</code></a>,
4876 which creates a Lua state from scratch.
4882 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_status"><code>lua_status
</code></a></h3><p>
4883 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4884 <pre>int lua_status (lua_State *L);
</pre>
4887 Returns the status of the thread
<code>L
</code>.
4891 The status can be
0 (
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a>) for a normal thread,
4892 an error code if the thread finished the execution
4893 of a
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a> with an error,
4894 or
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD
</code></a> if the thread is suspended.
4898 You can only call functions in threads with status
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a>.
4899 You can resume threads with status
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_OK"><code>LUA_OK
</code></a>
4900 (to start a new coroutine) or
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_YIELD"><code>LUA_YIELD
</code></a>
4901 (to resume a coroutine).
4907 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_stringtonumber"><code>lua_stringtonumber
</code></a></h3><p>
4908 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
4909 <pre>size_t lua_stringtonumber (lua_State *L, const char *s);
</pre>
4912 Converts the zero-terminated string
<code>s
</code> to a number,
4913 pushes that number into the stack,
4914 and returns the total size of the string,
4915 that is, its length plus one.
4916 The conversion can result in an integer or a float,
4917 according to the lexical conventions of Lua (see
<a href=
"#3.1">§3.1</a>).
4918 The string may have leading and trailing spaces and a sign.
4919 If the string is not a valid numeral,
4920 returns
0 and pushes nothing.
4921 (Note that the result can be used as a boolean,
4922 true if the conversion succeeds.)
4928 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean
</code></a></h3><p>
4929 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4930 <pre>int lua_toboolean (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4933 Converts the Lua value at the given index to a C
boolean
4934 value (
0 or
1).
4935 Like all tests in Lua,
4936 <a href=
"#lua_toboolean"><code>lua_toboolean
</code></a> returns true for any Lua value
4937 different from
<b>false
</b> and
<b>nil
</b>;
4938 otherwise it returns false.
4939 (If you want to accept only actual boolean values,
4940 use
<a href=
"#lua_isboolean"><code>lua_isboolean
</code></a> to test the value's type.)
4946 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tocfunction"><code>lua_tocfunction
</code></a></h3><p>
4947 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4948 <pre>lua_CFunction lua_tocfunction (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4951 Converts a value at the given index to a C
function.
4952 That value must be a C
function;
4953 otherwise, returns
<code>NULL
</code>.
4959 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tointeger"><code>lua_tointeger
</code></a></h3><p>
4960 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4961 <pre>lua_Integer lua_tointeger (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
4964 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#lua_tointegerx"><code>lua_tointegerx
</code></a> with
<code>isnum
</code> equal to
<code>NULL
</code>.
4970 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tointegerx"><code>lua_tointegerx
</code></a></h3><p>
4971 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
4972 <pre>lua_Integer lua_tointegerx (lua_State *L, int index, int *isnum);
</pre>
4975 Converts the Lua value at the given index
4976 to the signed integral type
<a href=
"#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a>.
4977 The Lua value must be an integer,
4978 or a number or string convertible to an integer (see
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>);
4979 otherwise,
<code>lua_tointegerx
</code> returns
0.
4983 If
<code>isnum
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
4984 its referent is assigned a boolean value that
4985 indicates whether the operation succeeded.
4991 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring
</code></a></h3><p>
4992 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
4993 <pre>const char *lua_tolstring (lua_State *L, int index, size_t *len);
</pre>
4996 Converts the Lua value at the given index to a C
string.
4997 If
<code>len
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
4998 it also sets
<code>*len
</code> with the string length.
4999 The Lua value must be a string or a number;
5000 otherwise, the function returns
<code>NULL
</code>.
5001 If the value is a number,
5002 then
<code>lua_tolstring
</code> also
5003 <em>changes the actual value in the stack to a string
</em>.
5004 (This change confuses
<a href=
"#lua_next"><code>lua_next
</code></a>
5005 when
<code>lua_tolstring
</code> is applied to keys during a table traversal.)
5009 <code>lua_tolstring
</code> returns a fully aligned pointer
5010 to a string inside the Lua state.
5011 This string always has a zero ('
<code>\
0</code>')
5012 after its last character (as in
C),
5013 but can contain other zeros in its body.
5017 Because Lua has garbage collection,
5018 there is no guarantee that the pointer returned by
<code>lua_tolstring
</code>
5019 will be valid after the corresponding Lua value is removed from the stack.
5025 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tonumber"><code>lua_tonumber
</code></a></h3><p>
5026 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5027 <pre>lua_Number lua_tonumber (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
5030 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#lua_tonumberx"><code>lua_tonumberx
</code></a> with
<code>isnum
</code> equal to
<code>NULL
</code>.
5036 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tonumberx"><code>lua_tonumberx
</code></a></h3><p>
5037 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5038 <pre>lua_Number lua_tonumberx (lua_State *L, int index, int *isnum);
</pre>
5041 Converts the Lua value at the given index
5042 to the C
type
<a href=
"#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number
</code></a> (see
<a href=
"#lua_Number"><code>lua_Number
</code></a>).
5043 The Lua value must be a number or a string convertible to a number
5044 (see
<a href=
"#3.4.3">§3.4.3</a>);
5045 otherwise,
<a href=
"#lua_tonumberx"><code>lua_tonumberx
</code></a> returns
0.
5049 If
<code>isnum
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
5050 its referent is assigned a boolean value that
5051 indicates whether the operation succeeded.
5057 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_topointer"><code>lua_topointer
</code></a></h3><p>
5058 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5059 <pre>const void *lua_topointer (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
5062 Converts the value at the given index to a generic
5063 C
pointer (
<code>void*
</code>).
5064 The value can be a userdata, a table, a thread, or a function;
5065 otherwise,
<code>lua_topointer
</code> returns
<code>NULL
</code>.
5066 Different objects will give different pointers.
5067 There is no way to convert the pointer back to its original value.
5071 Typically this function is used only for hashing and debug information.
5077 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tostring"><code>lua_tostring
</code></a></h3><p>
5078 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5079 <pre>const char *lua_tostring (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
5082 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring
</code></a> with
<code>len
</code> equal to
<code>NULL
</code>.
5088 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_tothread"><code>lua_tothread
</code></a></h3><p>
5089 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5090 <pre>lua_State *lua_tothread (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
5093 Converts the value at the given index to a Lua thread
5094 (represented as
<code>lua_State*
</code>).
5095 This value must be a thread;
5096 otherwise, the function returns
<code>NULL
</code>.
5102 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_touserdata"><code>lua_touserdata
</code></a></h3><p>
5103 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5104 <pre>void *lua_touserdata (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
5107 If the value at the given index is a full userdata,
5108 returns its block address.
5109 If the value is a light userdata,
5110 returns its pointer.
5111 Otherwise, returns
<code>NULL
</code>.
5117 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_type"><code>lua_type
</code></a></h3><p>
5118 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5119 <pre>int lua_type (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
5122 Returns the type of the value in the given valid index,
5123 or
<code>LUA_TNONE
</code> for a non-valid (but acceptable) index.
5124 The types returned by
<a href=
"#lua_type"><code>lua_type
</code></a> are coded by the following constants
5125 defined in
<code>lua.h
</code>:
5126 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TNIL"><code>LUA_TNIL
</code></a> (
0),
5127 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TNUMBER"><code>LUA_TNUMBER
</code></a>,
5128 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TBOOLEAN"><code>LUA_TBOOLEAN
</code></a>,
5129 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TSTRING"><code>LUA_TSTRING
</code></a>,
5130 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TTABLE"><code>LUA_TTABLE
</code></a>,
5131 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TFUNCTION"><code>LUA_TFUNCTION
</code></a>,
5132 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TUSERDATA"><code>LUA_TUSERDATA
</code></a>,
5133 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TTHREAD"><code>LUA_TTHREAD
</code></a>,
5135 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA"><code>LUA_TLIGHTUSERDATA
</code></a>.
5141 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_typename"><code>lua_typename
</code></a></h3><p>
5142 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5143 <pre>const char *lua_typename (lua_State *L, int tp);
</pre>
5146 Returns the name of the type encoded by the value
<code>tp
</code>,
5147 which must be one the values returned by
<a href=
"#lua_type"><code>lua_type
</code></a>.
5153 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Unsigned"><code>lua_Unsigned
</code></a></h3>
5154 <pre>typedef ... lua_Unsigned;
</pre>
5157 The unsigned version of
<a href=
"#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a>.
5163 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_upvalueindex"><code>lua_upvalueindex
</code></a></h3><p>
5164 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5165 <pre>int lua_upvalueindex (int i);
</pre>
5168 Returns the pseudo-index that represents the
<code>i
</code>-th upvalue of
5169 the running function (see
<a href=
"#4.4">§4.4</a>).
5175 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_version"><code>lua_version
</code></a></h3><p>
5176 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
5177 <pre>const lua_Number *lua_version (lua_State *L);
</pre>
5180 Returns the address of the version number stored in the Lua core.
5181 When called with a valid
<a href=
"#lua_State"><code>lua_State
</code></a>,
5182 returns the address of the version used to create that state.
5183 When called with
<code>NULL
</code>,
5184 returns the address of the version running the call.
5190 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Writer"><code>lua_Writer
</code></a></h3>
5191 <pre>typedef int (*lua_Writer) (lua_State *L,
5197 The type of the writer function used by
<a href=
"#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a>.
5198 Every time it produces another piece of chunk,
5199 <a href=
"#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a> calls the writer,
5200 passing along the buffer to be written (
<code>p
</code>),
5201 its size (
<code>sz
</code>),
5202 and the
<code>data
</code> parameter supplied to
<a href=
"#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a>.
5206 The writer returns an error code:
5207 0 means no errors;
5208 any other value means an error and stops
<a href=
"#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a> from
5209 calling the writer again.
5215 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_xmove"><code>lua_xmove
</code></a></h3><p>
5216 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
–]
</span>
5217 <pre>void lua_xmove (lua_State *from, lua_State *to, int n);
</pre>
5220 Exchange values between different threads of the same state.
5224 This function pops
<code>n
</code> values from the stack
<code>from
</code>,
5225 and pushes them onto the stack
<code>to
</code>.
5231 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_yield"><code>lua_yield
</code></a></h3><p>
5232 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5233 <pre>int lua_yield (lua_State *L, int nresults);
</pre>
5236 This function is equivalent to
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>,
5237 but it has no continuation (see
<a href=
"#4.7">§4.7</a>).
5238 Therefore, when the thread resumes,
5239 it continues the function that called
5240 the function calling
<code>lua_yield
</code>.
5246 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a></h3><p>
5247 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5248 <pre>int lua_yieldk (lua_State *L,
5251 lua_KFunction k);
</pre>
5254 Yields a coroutine (thread).
5258 When a C
function calls
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>,
5259 the running coroutine suspends its execution,
5260 and the call to
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a> that started this coroutine returns.
5261 The parameter
<code>nresults
</code> is the number of values from the stack
5262 that will be passed as results to
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a>.
5266 When the coroutine is resumed again,
5267 Lua calls the given continuation function
<code>k
</code> to continue
5268 the execution of the C function that yielded (see
<a href=
"#4.7">§4.7</a>).
5269 This continuation function receives the same stack
5270 from the previous function,
5271 with the
<code>n
</code> results removed and
5272 replaced by the arguments passed to
<a href=
"#lua_resume"><code>lua_resume
</code></a>.
5274 the continuation function receives the value
<code>ctx
</code>
5275 that was passed to
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>.
5279 Usually, this function does not return;
5280 when the coroutine eventually resumes,
5281 it continues executing the continuation function.
5282 However, there is one special case,
5283 which is when this function is called
5284 from inside a line hook (see
<a href=
"#4.9">§4.9</a>).
5285 In that case,
<code>lua_yieldk
</code> should be called with no continuation
5286 (probably in the form of
<a href=
"#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield
</code></a>),
5287 and the hook should return immediately after the call.
5289 when the coroutine resumes again,
5290 it will continue the normal execution
5291 of the (Lua) function that triggered the hook.
5295 This function can raise an error if it is called from a thread
5296 with a pending C call with no continuation function,
5297 or it is called from a thread that is not running inside a resume
5298 (e.g., the main thread).
5306 <h2>4.9 – <a name=
"4.9">The Debug Interface
</a></h2>
5309 Lua has no built-in debugging facilities.
5310 Instead, it offers a special interface
5311 by means of functions and
<em>hooks
</em>.
5312 This interface allows the construction of different
5313 kinds of debuggers, profilers, and other tools
5314 that need
"inside information" from the interpreter.
5318 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug
</code></a></h3>
5319 <pre>typedef struct lua_Debug {
5321 const char *name; /* (n) */
5322 const char *namewhat; /* (n) */
5323 const char *what; /* (S) */
5324 const char *source; /* (S) */
5325 int currentline; /* (l) */
5326 int linedefined; /* (S) */
5327 int lastlinedefined; /* (S) */
5328 unsigned char nups; /* (u) number of upvalues */
5329 unsigned char nparams; /* (u) number of parameters */
5330 char isvararg; /* (u) */
5331 char istailcall; /* (t) */
5332 char short_src[LUA_IDSIZE]; /* (S) */
5334 <em>other fields
</em>
5338 A structure used to carry different pieces of
5339 information about a function or an activation record.
5340 <a href=
"#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack
</code></a> fills only the private part
5341 of this structure, for later use.
5342 To fill the other fields of
<a href=
"#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug
</code></a> with useful information,
5343 call
<a href=
"#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo
</code></a>.
5347 The fields of
<a href=
"#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug
</code></a> have the following meaning:
5351 <li><b><code>source
</code>:
</b>
5352 the name of the chunk that created the function.
5353 If
<code>source
</code> starts with a '
<code>@
</code>',
5354 it means that the function was defined in a file where
5355 the file name follows the '
<code>@
</code>'.
5356 If
<code>source
</code> starts with a '
<code>=
</code>',
5357 the remainder of its contents describe the source in a user-dependent manner.
5359 the function was defined in a string where
5360 <code>source
</code> is that string.
5363 <li><b><code>short_src
</code>:
</b>
5364 a
"printable" version of
<code>source
</code>, to be used in error messages.
5367 <li><b><code>linedefined
</code>:
</b>
5368 the line number where the definition of the function starts.
5371 <li><b><code>lastlinedefined
</code>:
</b>
5372 the line number where the definition of the function ends.
5375 <li><b><code>what
</code>:
</b>
5376 the string
<code>"Lua"</code> if the function is a Lua function,
5377 <code>"C"</code> if it is a C
function,
5378 <code>"main"</code> if it is the main part of a chunk.
5381 <li><b><code>currentline
</code>:
</b>
5382 the current line where the given function is executing.
5383 When no line information is available,
5384 <code>currentline
</code> is set to -
1.
5387 <li><b><code>name
</code>:
</b>
5388 a reasonable name for the given function.
5389 Because functions in Lua are first-class values,
5390 they do not have a fixed name:
5391 some functions can be the value of multiple global variables,
5392 while others can be stored only in a table field.
5393 The
<code>lua_getinfo
</code> function checks how the function was
5394 called to find a suitable name.
5395 If it cannot find a name,
5396 then
<code>name
</code> is set to
<code>NULL
</code>.
5399 <li><b><code>namewhat
</code>:
</b>
5400 explains the
<code>name
</code> field.
5401 The value of
<code>namewhat
</code> can be
5402 <code>"global"</code>,
<code>"local"</code>,
<code>"method"</code>,
5403 <code>"field"</code>,
<code>"upvalue"</code>, or
<code>""</code> (the empty string),
5404 according to how the function was called.
5405 (Lua uses the empty string when no other option seems to apply.)
5408 <li><b><code>istailcall
</code>:
</b>
5409 true if this function invocation was called by a tail call.
5410 In this case, the caller of this level is not in the stack.
5413 <li><b><code>nups
</code>:
</b>
5414 the number of upvalues of the function.
5417 <li><b><code>nparams
</code>:
</b>
5418 the number of fixed parameters of the function
5419 (always
0 for C
functions).
5422 <li><b><code>isvararg
</code>:
</b>
5423 true if the function is a vararg function
5424 (always true for C
functions).
5432 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_gethook"><code>lua_gethook
</code></a></h3><p>
5433 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5434 <pre>lua_Hook lua_gethook (lua_State *L);
</pre>
5437 Returns the current hook function.
5443 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_gethookcount"><code>lua_gethookcount
</code></a></h3><p>
5444 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5445 <pre>int lua_gethookcount (lua_State *L);
</pre>
5448 Returns the current hook count.
5454 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_gethookmask"><code>lua_gethookmask
</code></a></h3><p>
5455 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5456 <pre>int lua_gethookmask (lua_State *L);
</pre>
5459 Returns the current hook mask.
5465 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo
</code></a></h3><p>
5466 <span class=
"apii">[-(
0|
1), +(
0|
1|
2),
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5467 <pre>int lua_getinfo (lua_State *L, const char *what, lua_Debug *ar);
</pre>
5470 Gets information about a specific function or function invocation.
5474 To get information about a function invocation,
5475 the parameter
<code>ar
</code> must be a valid activation record that was
5476 filled by a previous call to
<a href=
"#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack
</code></a> or
5477 given as argument to a hook (see
<a href=
"#lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook
</code></a>).
5481 To get information about a function you push it onto the stack
5482 and start the
<code>what
</code> string with the character '
<code>></code>'.
5484 <code>lua_getinfo
</code> pops the function from the top of the stack.)
5485 For instance, to know in which line a function
<code>f
</code> was defined,
5486 you can write the following code:
5490 lua_getglobal(L,
"f"); /* get global 'f' */
5491 lua_getinfo(L,
">S",
&ar);
5492 printf(
"%d\n", ar.linedefined);
5496 Each character in the string
<code>what
</code>
5497 selects some fields of the structure
<code>ar
</code> to be filled or
5498 a value to be pushed on the stack:
5502 <li><b>'
<code>n
</code>':
</b> fills in the field
<code>name
</code> and
<code>namewhat
</code>;
5505 <li><b>'
<code>S
</code>':
</b>
5506 fills in the fields
<code>source
</code>,
<code>short_src
</code>,
5507 <code>linedefined
</code>,
<code>lastlinedefined
</code>, and
<code>what
</code>;
5510 <li><b>'
<code>l
</code>':
</b> fills in the field
<code>currentline
</code>;
5513 <li><b>'
<code>t
</code>':
</b> fills in the field
<code>istailcall
</code>;
5516 <li><b>'
<code>u
</code>':
</b> fills in the fields
5517 <code>nups
</code>,
<code>nparams
</code>, and
<code>isvararg
</code>;
5520 <li><b>'
<code>f
</code>':
</b>
5521 pushes onto the stack the function that is
5522 running at the given level;
5525 <li><b>'
<code>L
</code>':
</b>
5526 pushes onto the stack a table whose indices are the
5527 numbers of the lines that are valid on the function.
5528 (A
<em>valid line
</em> is a line with some associated code,
5529 that is, a line where you can put a break point.
5530 Non-valid lines include empty lines and comments.)
5534 If this option is given together with option '
<code>f
</code>',
5535 its table is pushed after the function.
5541 This function returns
0 on error
5542 (for instance, an invalid option in
<code>what
</code>).
5548 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal
</code></a></h3><p>
5549 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +(
0|
1),
–]
</span>
5550 <pre>const char *lua_getlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n);
</pre>
5553 Gets information about a local variable of
5554 a given activation record or a given function.
5559 the parameter
<code>ar
</code> must be a valid activation record that was
5560 filled by a previous call to
<a href=
"#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack
</code></a> or
5561 given as argument to a hook (see
<a href=
"#lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook
</code></a>).
5562 The index
<code>n
</code> selects which local variable to inspect;
5563 see
<a href=
"#pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal
</code></a> for details about variable indices
5568 <a href=
"#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal
</code></a> pushes the variable's value onto the stack
5569 and returns its name.
5573 In the second case,
<code>ar
</code> must be
<code>NULL
</code> and the function
5574 to be inspected must be at the top of the stack.
5575 In this case, only parameters of Lua functions are visible
5576 (as there is no information about what variables are active)
5577 and no values are pushed onto the stack.
5581 Returns
<code>NULL
</code> (and pushes nothing)
5582 when the index is greater than
5583 the number of active local variables.
5589 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack
</code></a></h3><p>
5590 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5591 <pre>int lua_getstack (lua_State *L, int level, lua_Debug *ar);
</pre>
5594 Gets information about the interpreter runtime stack.
5598 This function fills parts of a
<a href=
"#lua_Debug"><code>lua_Debug
</code></a> structure with
5599 an identification of the
<em>activation record
</em>
5600 of the function executing at a given level.
5601 Level
0 is the current running function,
5602 whereas level
<em>n+
1</em> is the function that has called level
<em>n
</em>
5603 (except for tail calls, which do not count on the stack).
5604 When there are no errors,
<a href=
"#lua_getstack"><code>lua_getstack
</code></a> returns
1;
5605 when called with a level greater than the stack depth,
5612 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue
</code></a></h3><p>
5613 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +(
0|
1),
–]
</span>
5614 <pre>const char *lua_getupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);
</pre>
5617 Gets information about the
<code>n
</code>-th upvalue
5618 of the closure at index
<code>funcindex
</code>.
5619 It pushes the upvalue's value onto the stack
5620 and returns its name.
5621 Returns
<code>NULL
</code> (and pushes nothing)
5622 when the index
<code>n
</code> is greater than the number of upvalues.
5626 For C
functions, this function uses the empty string
<code>""</code>
5627 as a name for all upvalues.
5629 upvalues are the external local variables that the function uses,
5630 and that are consequently included in its closure.)
5634 Upvalues have no particular order,
5635 as they are active through the whole function.
5636 They are numbered in an arbitrary order.
5642 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_Hook"><code>lua_Hook
</code></a></h3>
5643 <pre>typedef void (*lua_Hook) (lua_State *L, lua_Debug *ar);
</pre>
5646 Type for debugging hook functions.
5650 Whenever a hook is called, its
<code>ar
</code> argument has its field
5651 <code>event
</code> set to the specific event that triggered the hook.
5652 Lua identifies these events with the following constants:
5653 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_HOOKCALL"><code>LUA_HOOKCALL
</code></a>,
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_HOOKRET"><code>LUA_HOOKRET
</code></a>,
5654 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_HOOKTAILCALL"><code>LUA_HOOKTAILCALL
</code></a>,
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_HOOKLINE"><code>LUA_HOOKLINE
</code></a>,
5655 and
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_HOOKCOUNT"><code>LUA_HOOKCOUNT
</code></a>.
5656 Moreover, for line events, the field
<code>currentline
</code> is also set.
5657 To get the value of any other field in
<code>ar
</code>,
5658 the hook must call
<a href=
"#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo
</code></a>.
5662 For call events,
<code>event
</code> can be
<code>LUA_HOOKCALL
</code>,
5663 the normal value, or
<code>LUA_HOOKTAILCALL
</code>, for a tail call;
5664 in this case, there will be no corresponding return event.
5668 While Lua is running a hook, it disables other calls to hooks.
5669 Therefore, if a hook calls back Lua to execute a function or a chunk,
5670 this execution occurs without any calls to hooks.
5674 Hook functions cannot have continuations,
5675 that is, they cannot call
<a href=
"#lua_yieldk"><code>lua_yieldk
</code></a>,
5676 <a href=
"#lua_pcallk"><code>lua_pcallk
</code></a>, or
<a href=
"#lua_callk"><code>lua_callk
</code></a> with a non-null
<code>k
</code>.
5680 Hook functions can yield under the following conditions:
5681 Only count and line events can yield;
5682 to yield, a hook function must finish its execution
5683 calling
<a href=
"#lua_yield"><code>lua_yield
</code></a> with
<code>nresults
</code> equal to zero
5684 (that is, with no values).
5690 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_sethook"><code>lua_sethook
</code></a></h3><p>
5691 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5692 <pre>void lua_sethook (lua_State *L, lua_Hook f, int mask, int count);
</pre>
5695 Sets the debugging hook function.
5699 Argument
<code>f
</code> is the hook function.
5700 <code>mask
</code> specifies on which events the hook will be called:
5701 it is formed by a bitwise or of the constants
5702 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_MASKCALL"><code>LUA_MASKCALL
</code></a>,
5703 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_MASKRET"><code>LUA_MASKRET
</code></a>,
5704 <a name=
"pdf-LUA_MASKLINE"><code>LUA_MASKLINE
</code></a>,
5705 and
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_MASKCOUNT"><code>LUA_MASKCOUNT
</code></a>.
5706 The
<code>count
</code> argument is only meaningful when the mask
5707 includes
<code>LUA_MASKCOUNT
</code>.
5708 For each event, the hook is called as explained below:
5712 <li><b>The call hook:
</b> is called when the interpreter calls a function.
5713 The hook is called just after Lua enters the new function,
5714 before the function gets its arguments.
5717 <li><b>The return hook:
</b> is called when the interpreter returns from a function.
5718 The hook is called just before Lua leaves the function.
5719 There is no standard way to access the values
5720 to be returned by the function.
5723 <li><b>The line hook:
</b> is called when the interpreter is about to
5724 start the execution of a new line of code,
5725 or when it jumps back in the code (even to the same line).
5726 (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.)
5729 <li><b>The count hook:
</b> is called after the interpreter executes every
5730 <code>count
</code> instructions.
5731 (This event only happens while Lua is executing a Lua function.)
5737 A hook is disabled by setting
<code>mask
</code> to zero.
5743 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setlocal"><code>lua_setlocal
</code></a></h3><p>
5744 <span class=
"apii">[-(
0|
1), +
0,
–]
</span>
5745 <pre>const char *lua_setlocal (lua_State *L, const lua_Debug *ar, int n);
</pre>
5748 Sets the value of a local variable of a given activation record.
5749 It assigns the value at the top of the stack
5750 to the variable and returns its name.
5751 It also pops the value from the stack.
5755 Returns
<code>NULL
</code> (and pops nothing)
5756 when the index is greater than
5757 the number of active local variables.
5761 Parameters
<code>ar
</code> and
<code>n
</code> are as in function
<a href=
"#lua_getlocal"><code>lua_getlocal
</code></a>.
5767 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_setupvalue"><code>lua_setupvalue
</code></a></h3><p>
5768 <span class=
"apii">[-(
0|
1), +
0,
–]
</span>
5769 <pre>const char *lua_setupvalue (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);
</pre>
5772 Sets the value of a closure's upvalue.
5773 It assigns the value at the top of the stack
5774 to the upvalue and returns its name.
5775 It also pops the value from the stack.
5779 Returns
<code>NULL
</code> (and pops nothing)
5780 when the index
<code>n
</code> is greater than the number of upvalues.
5784 Parameters
<code>funcindex
</code> and
<code>n
</code> are as in function
<a href=
"#lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue
</code></a>.
5790 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_upvalueid"><code>lua_upvalueid
</code></a></h3><p>
5791 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5792 <pre>void *lua_upvalueid (lua_State *L, int funcindex, int n);
</pre>
5795 Returns a unique identifier for the upvalue numbered
<code>n
</code>
5796 from the closure at index
<code>funcindex
</code>.
5800 These unique identifiers allow a program to check whether different
5801 closures share upvalues.
5802 Lua closures that share an upvalue
5803 (that is, that access a same external local variable)
5804 will return identical ids for those upvalue indices.
5808 Parameters
<code>funcindex
</code> and
<code>n
</code> are as in function
<a href=
"#lua_getupvalue"><code>lua_getupvalue
</code></a>,
5809 but
<code>n
</code> cannot be greater than the number of upvalues.
5815 <hr><h3><a name=
"lua_upvaluejoin"><code>lua_upvaluejoin
</code></a></h3><p>
5816 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
5817 <pre>void lua_upvaluejoin (lua_State *L, int funcindex1, int n1,
5818 int funcindex2, int n2);
</pre>
5821 Make the
<code>n1
</code>-th upvalue of the Lua closure at index
<code>funcindex1
</code>
5822 refer to the
<code>n2
</code>-th upvalue of the Lua closure at index
<code>funcindex2
</code>.
5830 <h1>5 – <a name=
"5">The Auxiliary Library
</a></h1>
5834 The
<em>auxiliary library
</em> provides several convenient functions
5835 to interface C with Lua.
5836 While the basic API provides the primitive functions for all
5837 interactions between C and Lua,
5838 the auxiliary library provides higher-level functions for some
5843 All functions and types from the auxiliary library
5844 are defined in header file
<code>lauxlib.h
</code> and
5845 have a prefix
<code>luaL_
</code>.
5849 All functions in the auxiliary library are built on
5850 top of the basic API,
5851 and so they provide nothing that cannot be done with that API.
5852 Nevertheless, the use of the auxiliary library ensures
5853 more consistency to your code.
5857 Several functions in the auxiliary library use internally some
5859 When a function in the auxiliary library uses less than five slots,
5860 it does not check the stack size;
5861 it simply assumes that there are enough slots.
5865 Several functions in the auxiliary library are used to
5866 check C
function arguments.
5867 Because the error message is formatted for arguments
5868 (e.g.,
"<code>bad argument #1</code>"),
5869 you should not use these functions for other stack values.
5873 Functions called
<code>luaL_check*
</code>
5874 always raise an error if the check is not satisfied.
5878 <h2>5.1 – <a name=
"5.1">Functions and Types
</a></h2>
5881 Here we list all functions and types from the auxiliary library
5882 in alphabetical order.
5886 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_addchar"><code>luaL_addchar
</code></a></h3><p>
5887 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5888 <pre>void luaL_addchar (luaL_Buffer *B, char c);
</pre>
5891 Adds the byte
<code>c
</code> to the buffer
<code>B
</code>
5892 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>).
5898 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_addlstring"><code>luaL_addlstring
</code></a></h3><p>
5899 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5900 <pre>void luaL_addlstring (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s, size_t l);
</pre>
5903 Adds the string pointed to by
<code>s
</code> with length
<code>l
</code> to
5904 the buffer
<code>B
</code>
5905 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>).
5906 The string can contain embedded zeros.
5912 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_addsize"><code>luaL_addsize
</code></a></h3><p>
5913 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5914 <pre>void luaL_addsize (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t n);
</pre>
5917 Adds to the buffer
<code>B
</code> (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>)
5918 a string of length
<code>n
</code> previously copied to the
5919 buffer area (see
<a href=
"#luaL_prepbuffer"><code>luaL_prepbuffer
</code></a>).
5925 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_addstring"><code>luaL_addstring
</code></a></h3><p>
5926 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5927 <pre>void luaL_addstring (luaL_Buffer *B, const char *s);
</pre>
5930 Adds the zero-terminated string pointed to by
<code>s
</code>
5931 to the buffer
<code>B
</code>
5932 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>).
5938 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_addvalue"><code>luaL_addvalue
</code></a></h3><p>
5939 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
5940 <pre>void luaL_addvalue (luaL_Buffer *B);
</pre>
5943 Adds the value at the top of the stack
5944 to the buffer
<code>B
</code>
5945 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>).
5950 This is the only function on string buffers that can (and must)
5951 be called with an extra element on the stack,
5952 which is the value to be added to the buffer.
5958 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_argcheck"><code>luaL_argcheck
</code></a></h3><p>
5959 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
5960 <pre>void luaL_argcheck (lua_State *L,
5963 const char *extramsg);
</pre>
5966 Checks whether
<code>cond
</code> is true.
5967 If it is not, raises an error with a standard message (see
<a href=
"#luaL_argerror"><code>luaL_argerror
</code></a>).
5973 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_argerror"><code>luaL_argerror
</code></a></h3><p>
5974 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
5975 <pre>int luaL_argerror (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *extramsg);
</pre>
5978 Raises an error reporting a problem with argument
<code>arg
</code>
5979 of the C function that called it,
5980 using a standard message
5981 that includes
<code>extramsg
</code> as a comment:
5984 bad argument #
<em>arg
</em> to '
<em>funcname
</em>' (
<em>extramsg
</em>)
5986 This function never returns.
5992 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a></h3>
5993 <pre>typedef struct luaL_Buffer luaL_Buffer;
</pre>
5996 Type for a
<em>string buffer
</em>.
6000 A string buffer allows C
code to build Lua strings piecemeal.
6001 Its pattern of use is as follows:
6005 <li>First declare a variable
<code>b
</code> of type
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>.
</li>
6007 <li>Then initialize it with a call
<code>luaL_buffinit(L,
&b)
</code>.
</li>
6010 Then add string pieces to the buffer calling any of
6011 the
<code>luaL_add*
</code> functions.
6015 Finish by calling
<code>luaL_pushresult(
&b)
</code>.
6016 This call leaves the final string on the top of the stack.
6022 If you know beforehand the total size of the resulting string,
6023 you can use the buffer like this:
6027 <li>First declare a variable
<code>b
</code> of type
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>.
</li>
6029 <li>Then initialize it and preallocate a space of
6030 size
<code>sz
</code> with a call
<code>luaL_buffinitsize(L,
&b, sz)
</code>.
</li>
6032 <li>Then copy the string into that space.
</li>
6035 Finish by calling
<code>luaL_pushresultsize(
&b, sz)
</code>,
6036 where
<code>sz
</code> is the total size of the resulting string
6037 copied into that space.
6043 During its normal operation,
6044 a string buffer uses a variable number of stack slots.
6045 So, while using a buffer, you cannot assume that you know where
6046 the top of the stack is.
6047 You can use the stack between successive calls to buffer operations
6048 as long as that use is balanced;
6050 when you call a buffer operation,
6051 the stack is at the same level
6052 it was immediately after the previous buffer operation.
6053 (The only exception to this rule is
<a href=
"#luaL_addvalue"><code>luaL_addvalue
</code></a>.)
6054 After calling
<a href=
"#luaL_pushresult"><code>luaL_pushresult
</code></a> the stack is back to its
6055 level when the buffer was initialized,
6056 plus the final string on its top.
6062 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_buffinit"><code>luaL_buffinit
</code></a></h3><p>
6063 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
6064 <pre>void luaL_buffinit (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B);
</pre>
6067 Initializes a buffer
<code>B
</code>.
6068 This function does not allocate any space;
6069 the buffer must be declared as a variable
6070 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>).
6076 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_buffinitsize"><code>luaL_buffinitsize
</code></a></h3><p>
6077 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6078 <pre>char *luaL_buffinitsize (lua_State *L, luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz);
</pre>
6081 Equivalent to the sequence
6082 <a href=
"#luaL_buffinit"><code>luaL_buffinit
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#luaL_prepbuffsize"><code>luaL_prepbuffsize
</code></a>.
6088 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_callmeta"><code>luaL_callmeta
</code></a></h3><p>
6089 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +(
0|
1),
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6090 <pre>int luaL_callmeta (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);
</pre>
6097 If the object at index
<code>obj
</code> has a metatable and this
6098 metatable has a field
<code>e
</code>,
6099 this function calls this field passing the object as its only argument.
6100 In this case this function returns true and pushes onto the
6101 stack the value returned by the call.
6102 If there is no metatable or no metamethod,
6103 this function returns false (without pushing any value on the stack).
6109 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkany"><code>luaL_checkany
</code></a></h3><p>
6110 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6111 <pre>void luaL_checkany (lua_State *L, int arg);
</pre>
6114 Checks whether the function has an argument
6115 of any type (including
<b>nil
</b>) at position
<code>arg
</code>.
6121 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkinteger"><code>luaL_checkinteger
</code></a></h3><p>
6122 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6123 <pre>lua_Integer luaL_checkinteger (lua_State *L, int arg);
</pre>
6126 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is an integer
6127 (or can be converted to an integer)
6128 and returns this integer cast to a
<a href=
"#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a>.
6134 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checklstring"><code>luaL_checklstring
</code></a></h3><p>
6135 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6136 <pre>const char *luaL_checklstring (lua_State *L, int arg, size_t *l);
</pre>
6139 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a string
6140 and returns this string;
6141 if
<code>l
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code> fills
<code>*l
</code>
6142 with the string's length.
6146 This function uses
<a href=
"#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring
</code></a> to get its result,
6147 so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here.
6153 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checknumber"><code>luaL_checknumber
</code></a></h3><p>
6154 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6155 <pre>lua_Number luaL_checknumber (lua_State *L, int arg);
</pre>
6158 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a number
6159 and returns this number.
6165 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkoption"><code>luaL_checkoption
</code></a></h3><p>
6166 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6167 <pre>int luaL_checkoption (lua_State *L,
6170 const char *const lst[]);
</pre>
6173 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a string and
6174 searches for this string in the array
<code>lst
</code>
6175 (which must be NULL-terminated).
6176 Returns the index in the array where the string was found.
6177 Raises an error if the argument is not a string or
6178 if the string cannot be found.
6182 If
<code>def
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
6183 the function uses
<code>def
</code> as a default value when
6184 there is no argument
<code>arg
</code> or when this argument is
<b>nil
</b>.
6188 This is a useful function for mapping strings to C
enums.
6189 (The usual convention in Lua libraries is
6190 to use strings instead of numbers to select options.)
6196 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkstack"><code>luaL_checkstack
</code></a></h3><p>
6197 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6198 <pre>void luaL_checkstack (lua_State *L, int sz, const char *msg);
</pre>
6201 Grows the stack size to
<code>top + sz
</code> elements,
6202 raising an error if the stack cannot grow to that size.
6203 <code>msg
</code> is an additional text to go into the error message
6204 (or
<code>NULL
</code> for no additional text).
6210 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkstring"><code>luaL_checkstring
</code></a></h3><p>
6211 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6212 <pre>const char *luaL_checkstring (lua_State *L, int arg);
</pre>
6215 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a string
6216 and returns this string.
6220 This function uses
<a href=
"#lua_tolstring"><code>lua_tolstring
</code></a> to get its result,
6221 so all conversions and caveats of that function apply here.
6227 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checktype"><code>luaL_checktype
</code></a></h3><p>
6228 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6229 <pre>void luaL_checktype (lua_State *L, int arg, int t);
</pre>
6232 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> has type
<code>t
</code>.
6233 See
<a href=
"#lua_type"><code>lua_type
</code></a> for the encoding of types for
<code>t
</code>.
6239 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkudata"><code>luaL_checkudata
</code></a></h3><p>
6240 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6241 <pre>void *luaL_checkudata (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *tname);
</pre>
6244 Checks whether the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a userdata
6245 of the type
<code>tname
</code> (see
<a href=
"#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable
</code></a>) and
6246 returns the userdata address (see
<a href=
"#lua_touserdata"><code>lua_touserdata
</code></a>).
6252 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_checkversion"><code>luaL_checkversion
</code></a></h3><p>
6253 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
6254 <pre>void luaL_checkversion (lua_State *L);
</pre>
6257 Checks whether the core running the call,
6258 the core that created the Lua state,
6259 and the code making the call are all using the same version of Lua.
6260 Also checks whether the core running the call
6261 and the core that created the Lua state
6262 are using the same address space.
6268 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_dofile"><code>luaL_dofile
</code></a></h3><p>
6269 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6270 <pre>int luaL_dofile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);
</pre>
6273 Loads and runs the given file.
6274 It is defined as the following macro:
6277 (luaL_loadfile(L, filename) || lua_pcall(L,
0, LUA_MULTRET,
0))
6279 It returns false if there are no errors
6280 or true in case of errors.
6286 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_dostring"><code>luaL_dostring
</code></a></h3><p>
6287 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +?,
–]
</span>
6288 <pre>int luaL_dostring (lua_State *L, const char *str);
</pre>
6291 Loads and runs the given string.
6292 It is defined as the following macro:
6295 (luaL_loadstring(L, str) || lua_pcall(L,
0, LUA_MULTRET,
0))
6297 It returns false if there are no errors
6298 or true in case of errors.
6304 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_error"><code>luaL_error
</code></a></h3><p>
6305 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6306 <pre>int luaL_error (lua_State *L, const char *fmt, ...);
</pre>
6310 The error message format is given by
<code>fmt
</code>
6311 plus any extra arguments,
6312 following the same rules of
<a href=
"#lua_pushfstring"><code>lua_pushfstring
</code></a>.
6313 It also adds at the beginning of the message the file name and
6314 the line number where the error occurred,
6315 if this information is available.
6319 This function never returns,
6320 but it is an idiom to use it in C
functions
6321 as
<code>return luaL_error(
<em>args
</em>)
</code>.
6327 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_execresult"><code>luaL_execresult
</code></a></h3><p>
6328 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
3,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6329 <pre>int luaL_execresult (lua_State *L, int stat);
</pre>
6332 This function produces the return values for
6333 process-related functions in the standard library
6334 (
<a href=
"#pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute
</code></a> and
<a href=
"#pdf-io.close"><code>io.close
</code></a>).
6340 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_fileresult"><code>luaL_fileresult
</code></a></h3><p>
6341 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +(
1|
3),
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6342 <pre>int luaL_fileresult (lua_State *L, int stat, const char *fname);
</pre>
6345 This function produces the return values for
6346 file-related functions in the standard library
6347 (
<a href=
"#pdf-io.open"><code>io.open
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#pdf-os.rename"><code>os.rename
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#pdf-file:seek"><code>file:seek
</code></a>, etc.).
6353 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_getmetafield"><code>luaL_getmetafield
</code></a></h3><p>
6354 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +(
0|
1),
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6355 <pre>int luaL_getmetafield (lua_State *L, int obj, const char *e);
</pre>
6358 Pushes onto the stack the field
<code>e
</code> from the metatable
6359 of the object at index
<code>obj
</code> and returns the type of pushed value.
6360 If the object does not have a metatable,
6361 or if the metatable does not have this field,
6362 pushes nothing and returns
<code>LUA_TNIL
</code>.
6368 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_getmetatable"><code>luaL_getmetatable
</code></a></h3><p>
6369 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
6370 <pre>int luaL_getmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);
</pre>
6373 Pushes onto the stack the metatable associated with name
<code>tname
</code>
6374 in the registry (see
<a href=
"#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable
</code></a>)
6375 (
<b>nil
</b> if there is no metatable associated with that name).
6376 Returns the type of the pushed value.
6382 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_getsubtable"><code>luaL_getsubtable
</code></a></h3><p>
6383 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6384 <pre>int luaL_getsubtable (lua_State *L, int idx, const char *fname);
</pre>
6387 Ensures that the value
<code>t[fname]
</code>,
6388 where
<code>t
</code> is the value at index
<code>idx
</code>,
6390 and pushes that table onto the stack.
6391 Returns true if it finds a previous table there
6392 and false if it creates a new table.
6398 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_gsub"><code>luaL_gsub
</code></a></h3><p>
6399 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6400 <pre>const char *luaL_gsub (lua_State *L,
6403 const char *r);
</pre>
6406 Creates a copy of string
<code>s
</code> by replacing
6407 any occurrence of the string
<code>p
</code>
6408 with the string
<code>r
</code>.
6409 Pushes the resulting string on the stack and returns it.
6415 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_len"><code>luaL_len
</code></a></h3><p>
6416 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6417 <pre>lua_Integer luaL_len (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
6420 Returns the
"length" of the value at the given index
6422 it is equivalent to the '
<code>#
</code>' operator in Lua (see
<a href=
"#3.4.7">§3.4.7</a>).
6423 Raises an error if the result of the operation is not an integer.
6424 (This case only can happen through metamethods.)
6430 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_loadbuffer"><code>luaL_loadbuffer
</code></a></h3><p>
6431 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
6432 <pre>int luaL_loadbuffer (lua_State *L,
6435 const char *name);
</pre>
6438 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#luaL_loadbufferx"><code>luaL_loadbufferx
</code></a> with
<code>mode
</code> equal to
<code>NULL
</code>.
6444 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_loadbufferx"><code>luaL_loadbufferx
</code></a></h3><p>
6445 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
6446 <pre>int luaL_loadbufferx (lua_State *L,
6450 const char *mode);
</pre>
6453 Loads a buffer as a Lua chunk.
6454 This function uses
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a> to load the chunk in the
6455 buffer pointed to by
<code>buff
</code> with size
<code>sz
</code>.
6459 This function returns the same results as
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>.
6460 <code>name
</code> is the chunk name,
6461 used for debug information and error messages.
6462 The string
<code>mode
</code> works as in function
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>.
6468 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_loadfile"><code>luaL_loadfile
</code></a></h3><p>
6469 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6470 <pre>int luaL_loadfile (lua_State *L, const char *filename);
</pre>
6473 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#luaL_loadfilex"><code>luaL_loadfilex
</code></a> with
<code>mode
</code> equal to
<code>NULL
</code>.
6479 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_loadfilex"><code>luaL_loadfilex
</code></a></h3><p>
6480 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6481 <pre>int luaL_loadfilex (lua_State *L, const char *filename,
6482 const char *mode);
</pre>
6485 Loads a file as a Lua chunk.
6486 This function uses
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a> to load the chunk in the file
6487 named
<code>filename
</code>.
6488 If
<code>filename
</code> is
<code>NULL
</code>,
6489 then it loads from the standard input.
6490 The first line in the file is ignored if it starts with a
<code>#
</code>.
6494 The string
<code>mode
</code> works as in function
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>.
6498 This function returns the same results as
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>,
6499 but it has an extra error code
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_ERRFILE"><code>LUA_ERRFILE
</code></a>
6500 if it cannot open/read the file or the file has a wrong mode.
6504 As
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk;
6511 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_loadstring"><code>luaL_loadstring
</code></a></h3><p>
6512 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
–]
</span>
6513 <pre>int luaL_loadstring (lua_State *L, const char *s);
</pre>
6516 Loads a string as a Lua chunk.
6517 This function uses
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a> to load the chunk in
6518 the zero-terminated string
<code>s
</code>.
6522 This function returns the same results as
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>.
6526 Also as
<a href=
"#lua_load"><code>lua_load
</code></a>, this function only loads the chunk;
6533 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_newlib"><code>luaL_newlib
</code></a></h3><p>
6534 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6535 <pre>void luaL_newlib (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg l[]);
</pre>
6538 Creates a new table and registers there
6539 the functions in list
<code>l
</code>.
6543 It is implemented as the following macro:
6546 (luaL_newlibtable(L,l), luaL_setfuncs(L,l,
0))
6548 The array
<code>l
</code> must be the actual array,
6549 not a pointer to it.
6555 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_newlibtable"><code>luaL_newlibtable
</code></a></h3><p>
6556 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6557 <pre>void luaL_newlibtable (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg l[]);
</pre>
6560 Creates a new table with a size optimized
6561 to store all entries in the array
<code>l
</code>
6562 (but does not actually store them).
6563 It is intended to be used in conjunction with
<a href=
"#luaL_setfuncs"><code>luaL_setfuncs
</code></a>
6564 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_newlib"><code>luaL_newlib
</code></a>).
6568 It is implemented as a macro.
6569 The array
<code>l
</code> must be the actual array,
6570 not a pointer to it.
6576 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable
</code></a></h3><p>
6577 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6578 <pre>int luaL_newmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);
</pre>
6581 If the registry already has the key
<code>tname
</code>,
6584 creates a new table to be used as a metatable for userdata,
6585 adds to this new table the pair
<code>__name = tname
</code>,
6586 adds to the registry the pair
<code>[tname] = new table
</code>,
6588 (The entry
<code>__name
</code> is used by some error-reporting functions.)
6592 In both cases pushes onto the stack the final value associated
6593 with
<code>tname
</code> in the registry.
6599 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_newstate"><code>luaL_newstate
</code></a></h3><p>
6600 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
6601 <pre>lua_State *luaL_newstate (void);
</pre>
6604 Creates a new Lua state.
6605 It calls
<a href=
"#lua_newstate"><code>lua_newstate
</code></a> with an
6606 allocator based on the standard
C
<code>realloc
</code> function
6607 and then sets a panic function (see
<a href=
"#4.6">§4.6</a>) that prints
6608 an error message to the standard error output in case of fatal
6613 Returns the new state,
6614 or
<code>NULL
</code> if there is a memory allocation error.
6620 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_openlibs"><code>luaL_openlibs
</code></a></h3><p>
6621 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6622 <pre>void luaL_openlibs (lua_State *L);
</pre>
6625 Opens all standard Lua libraries into the given state.
6631 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_optinteger"><code>luaL_optinteger
</code></a></h3><p>
6632 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6633 <pre>lua_Integer luaL_optinteger (lua_State *L,
6635 lua_Integer d);
</pre>
6638 If the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is an integer
6639 (or convertible to an integer),
6640 returns this integer.
6641 If this argument is absent or is
<b>nil
</b>,
6642 returns
<code>d
</code>.
6643 Otherwise, raises an error.
6649 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_optlstring"><code>luaL_optlstring
</code></a></h3><p>
6650 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6651 <pre>const char *luaL_optlstring (lua_State *L,
6657 If the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a string,
6658 returns this string.
6659 If this argument is absent or is
<b>nil
</b>,
6660 returns
<code>d
</code>.
6661 Otherwise, raises an error.
6665 If
<code>l
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
6666 fills the position
<code>*l
</code> with the result's length.
6672 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_optnumber"><code>luaL_optnumber
</code></a></h3><p>
6673 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6674 <pre>lua_Number luaL_optnumber (lua_State *L, int arg, lua_Number d);
</pre>
6677 If the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a number,
6678 returns this number.
6679 If this argument is absent or is
<b>nil
</b>,
6680 returns
<code>d
</code>.
6681 Otherwise, raises an error.
6687 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_optstring"><code>luaL_optstring
</code></a></h3><p>
6688 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>v
</em>]
</span>
6689 <pre>const char *luaL_optstring (lua_State *L,
6691 const char *d);
</pre>
6694 If the function argument
<code>arg
</code> is a string,
6695 returns this string.
6696 If this argument is absent or is
<b>nil
</b>,
6697 returns
<code>d
</code>.
6698 Otherwise, raises an error.
6704 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_prepbuffer"><code>luaL_prepbuffer
</code></a></h3><p>
6705 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6706 <pre>char *luaL_prepbuffer (luaL_Buffer *B);
</pre>
6709 Equivalent to
<a href=
"#luaL_prepbuffsize"><code>luaL_prepbuffsize
</code></a>
6710 with the predefined size
<a name=
"pdf-LUAL_BUFFERSIZE"><code>LUAL_BUFFERSIZE
</code></a>.
6716 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_prepbuffsize"><code>luaL_prepbuffsize
</code></a></h3><p>
6717 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +?,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6718 <pre>char *luaL_prepbuffsize (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz);
</pre>
6721 Returns an address to a space of size
<code>sz
</code>
6722 where you can copy a string to be added to buffer
<code>B
</code>
6723 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Buffer"><code>luaL_Buffer
</code></a>).
6724 After copying the string into this space you must call
6725 <a href=
"#luaL_addsize"><code>luaL_addsize
</code></a> with the size of the string to actually add
6732 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_pushresult"><code>luaL_pushresult
</code></a></h3><p>
6733 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6734 <pre>void luaL_pushresult (luaL_Buffer *B);
</pre>
6737 Finishes the use of buffer
<code>B
</code> leaving the final string on
6738 the top of the stack.
6744 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_pushresultsize"><code>luaL_pushresultsize
</code></a></h3><p>
6745 <span class=
"apii">[-?, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6746 <pre>void luaL_pushresultsize (luaL_Buffer *B, size_t sz);
</pre>
6749 Equivalent to the sequence
<a href=
"#luaL_addsize"><code>luaL_addsize
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#luaL_pushresult"><code>luaL_pushresult
</code></a>.
6755 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref
</code></a></h3><p>
6756 <span class=
"apii">[-
1, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6757 <pre>int luaL_ref (lua_State *L, int t);
</pre>
6760 Creates and returns a
<em>reference
</em>,
6761 in the table at index
<code>t
</code>,
6762 for the object at the top of the stack (and pops the object).
6766 A reference is a unique integer key.
6767 As long as you do not manually add integer keys into table
<code>t
</code>,
6768 <a href=
"#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref
</code></a> ensures the uniqueness of the key it returns.
6769 You can retrieve an object referred by reference
<code>r
</code>
6770 by calling
<code>lua_rawgeti(L, t, r)
</code>.
6771 Function
<a href=
"#luaL_unref"><code>luaL_unref
</code></a> frees a reference and its associated object.
6775 If the object at the top of the stack is
<b>nil
</b>,
6776 <a href=
"#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref
</code></a> returns the constant
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_REFNIL"><code>LUA_REFNIL
</code></a>.
6777 The constant
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_NOREF"><code>LUA_NOREF
</code></a> is guaranteed to be different
6778 from any reference returned by
<a href=
"#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref
</code></a>.
6784 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_Reg"><code>luaL_Reg
</code></a></h3>
6785 <pre>typedef struct luaL_Reg {
6791 Type for arrays of functions to be registered by
6792 <a href=
"#luaL_setfuncs"><code>luaL_setfuncs
</code></a>.
6793 <code>name
</code> is the function name and
<code>func
</code> is a pointer to
6795 Any array of
<a href=
"#luaL_Reg"><code>luaL_Reg
</code></a> must end with a sentinel entry
6796 in which both
<code>name
</code> and
<code>func
</code> are
<code>NULL
</code>.
6802 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_requiref"><code>luaL_requiref
</code></a></h3><p>
6803 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6804 <pre>void luaL_requiref (lua_State *L, const char *modname,
6805 lua_CFunction openf, int glb);
</pre>
6808 If
<code>modname
</code> is not already present in
<a href=
"#pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded
</code></a>,
6809 calls function
<code>openf
</code> with string
<code>modname
</code> as an argument
6810 and sets the call result in
<code>package.loaded[modname]
</code>,
6811 as if that function has been called through
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>.
6815 If
<code>glb
</code> is true,
6816 also stores the module into global
<code>modname
</code>.
6820 Leaves a copy of the module on the stack.
6826 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_setfuncs"><code>luaL_setfuncs
</code></a></h3><p>
6827 <span class=
"apii">[-nup, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6828 <pre>void luaL_setfuncs (lua_State *L, const luaL_Reg *l, int nup);
</pre>
6831 Registers all functions in the array
<code>l
</code>
6832 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_Reg"><code>luaL_Reg
</code></a>) into the table on the top of the stack
6833 (below optional upvalues, see next).
6837 When
<code>nup
</code> is not zero,
6838 all functions are created sharing
<code>nup
</code> upvalues,
6839 which must be previously pushed on the stack
6840 on top of the library table.
6841 These values are popped from the stack after the registration.
6847 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_setmetatable"><code>luaL_setmetatable
</code></a></h3><p>
6848 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
6849 <pre>void luaL_setmetatable (lua_State *L, const char *tname);
</pre>
6852 Sets the metatable of the object at the top of the stack
6853 as the metatable associated with name
<code>tname
</code>
6854 in the registry (see
<a href=
"#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable
</code></a>).
6860 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_Stream"><code>luaL_Stream
</code></a></h3>
6861 <pre>typedef struct luaL_Stream {
6863 lua_CFunction closef;
6864 } luaL_Stream;
</pre>
6867 The standard representation for file handles,
6868 which is used by the standard I/O library.
6872 A file handle is implemented as a full userdata,
6873 with a metatable called
<code>LUA_FILEHANDLE
</code>
6874 (where
<code>LUA_FILEHANDLE
</code> is a macro with the actual metatable's name).
6875 The metatable is created by the I/O library
6876 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_newmetatable"><code>luaL_newmetatable
</code></a>).
6880 This userdata must start with the structure
<code>luaL_Stream
</code>;
6881 it can contain other data after this initial structure.
6882 Field
<code>f
</code> points to the corresponding C stream
6883 (or it can be
<code>NULL
</code> to indicate an incompletely created handle).
6884 Field
<code>closef
</code> points to a Lua function
6885 that will be called to close the stream
6886 when the handle is closed or collected;
6887 this function receives the file handle as its sole argument and
6888 must return either
<b>true
</b> (in case of success)
6889 or
<b>nil
</b> plus an error message (in case of error).
6890 Once Lua calls this field,
6891 the field value is changed to
<code>NULL
</code>
6892 to signal that the handle is closed.
6898 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_testudata"><code>luaL_testudata
</code></a></h3><p>
6899 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6900 <pre>void *luaL_testudata (lua_State *L, int arg, const char *tname);
</pre>
6903 This function works like
<a href=
"#luaL_checkudata"><code>luaL_checkudata
</code></a>,
6904 except that, when the test fails,
6905 it returns
<code>NULL
</code> instead of raising an error.
6911 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_tolstring"><code>luaL_tolstring
</code></a></h3><p>
6912 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6913 <pre>const char *luaL_tolstring (lua_State *L, int idx, size_t *len);
</pre>
6916 Converts any Lua value at the given index to a C
string
6917 in a reasonable format.
6918 The resulting string is pushed onto the stack and also
6919 returned by the function.
6920 If
<code>len
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code>,
6921 the function also sets
<code>*len
</code> with the string length.
6925 If the value has a metatable with a
<code>"__tostring"</code> field,
6926 then
<code>luaL_tolstring
</code> calls the corresponding metamethod
6927 with the value as argument,
6928 and uses the result of the call as its result.
6934 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_traceback"><code>luaL_traceback
</code></a></h3><p>
6935 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6936 <pre>void luaL_traceback (lua_State *L, lua_State *L1, const char *msg,
6940 Creates and pushes a traceback of the stack
<code>L1
</code>.
6941 If
<code>msg
</code> is not
<code>NULL
</code> it is appended
6942 at the beginning of the traceback.
6943 The
<code>level
</code> parameter tells at which level
6944 to start the traceback.
6950 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_typename"><code>luaL_typename
</code></a></h3><p>
6951 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
6952 <pre>const char *luaL_typename (lua_State *L, int index);
</pre>
6955 Returns the name of the type of the value at the given index.
6961 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_unref"><code>luaL_unref
</code></a></h3><p>
6962 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
0,
–]
</span>
6963 <pre>void luaL_unref (lua_State *L, int t, int ref);
</pre>
6966 Releases reference
<code>ref
</code> from the table at index
<code>t
</code>
6967 (see
<a href=
"#luaL_ref"><code>luaL_ref
</code></a>).
6968 The entry is removed from the table,
6969 so that the referred object can be collected.
6970 The reference
<code>ref
</code> is also freed to be used again.
6974 If
<code>ref
</code> is
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_NOREF"><code>LUA_NOREF
</code></a> or
<a href=
"#pdf-LUA_REFNIL"><code>LUA_REFNIL
</code></a>,
6975 <a href=
"#luaL_unref"><code>luaL_unref
</code></a> does nothing.
6981 <hr><h3><a name=
"luaL_where"><code>luaL_where
</code></a></h3><p>
6982 <span class=
"apii">[-
0, +
1,
<em>e
</em>]
</span>
6983 <pre>void luaL_where (lua_State *L, int lvl);
</pre>
6986 Pushes onto the stack a string identifying the current position
6987 of the control at level
<code>lvl
</code> in the call stack.
6988 Typically this string has the following format:
6991 <em>chunkname
</em>:
<em>currentline
</em>:
6993 Level
0 is the running function,
6994 level
1 is the function that called the running function,
6999 This function is used to build a prefix for error messages.
7007 <h1>6 – <a name=
"6">Standard Libraries
</a></h1>
7010 The standard Lua libraries provide useful functions
7011 that are implemented directly through the C
API.
7012 Some of these functions provide essential services to the language
7013 (e.g.,
<a href=
"#pdf-type"><code>type
</code></a> and
<a href=
"#pdf-getmetatable"><code>getmetatable
</code></a>);
7014 others provide access to
"outside" services (e.g., I/O);
7015 and others could be implemented in Lua itself,
7016 but are quite useful or have critical performance requirements that
7017 deserve an implementation in C (e.g.,
<a href=
"#pdf-table.sort"><code>table.sort
</code></a>).
7021 All libraries are implemented through the official C
API
7022 and are provided as separate C
modules.
7023 Currently, Lua has the following standard libraries:
7027 <li>basic library (
<a href=
"#6.1">§6.1</a>);
</li>
7029 <li>coroutine library (
<a href=
"#6.2">§6.2</a>);
</li>
7031 <li>package library (
<a href=
"#6.3">§6.3</a>);
</li>
7033 <li>string manipulation (
<a href=
"#6.4">§6.4</a>);
</li>
7035 <li>basic UTF-
8 support (
<a href=
"#6.5">§6.5</a>);
</li>
7037 <li>table manipulation (
<a href=
"#6.6">§6.6</a>);
</li>
7039 <li>mathematical functions (
<a href=
"#6.7">§6.7</a>) (sin, log, etc.);
</li>
7041 <li>input and output (
<a href=
"#6.8">§6.8</a>);
</li>
7043 <li>operating system facilities (
<a href=
"#6.9">§6.9</a>);
</li>
7045 <li>debug facilities (
<a href=
"#6.10">§6.10</a>).
</li>
7048 Except for the basic and the package libraries,
7049 each library provides all its functions as fields of a global table
7050 or as methods of its objects.
7054 To have access to these libraries,
7055 the C
host program should call the
<a href=
"#luaL_openlibs"><code>luaL_openlibs
</code></a> function,
7056 which opens all standard libraries.
7058 the host program can open them individually by using
7059 <a href=
"#luaL_requiref"><code>luaL_requiref
</code></a> to call
7060 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_base"><code>luaopen_base
</code></a> (for the basic library),
7061 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_package"><code>luaopen_package
</code></a> (for the package library),
7062 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_coroutine"><code>luaopen_coroutine
</code></a> (for the coroutine library),
7063 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_string"><code>luaopen_string
</code></a> (for the string library),
7064 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_utf8"><code>luaopen_utf8
</code></a> (for the UTF8 library),
7065 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_table"><code>luaopen_table
</code></a> (for the table library),
7066 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_math"><code>luaopen_math
</code></a> (for the mathematical library),
7067 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_io"><code>luaopen_io
</code></a> (for the I/O library),
7068 <a name=
"pdf-luaopen_os"><code>luaopen_os
</code></a> (for the operating system library),
7069 and
<a name=
"pdf-luaopen_debug"><code>luaopen_debug
</code></a> (for the debug library).
7070 These functions are declared in
<a name=
"pdf-lualib.h"><code>lualib.h
</code></a>.
7074 <h2>6.1 – <a name=
"6.1">Basic Functions
</a></h2>
7077 The basic library provides core functions to Lua.
7078 If you do not include this library in your application,
7079 you should check carefully whether you need to provide
7080 implementations for some of its facilities.
7084 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-assert"><code>assert (v [, message])
</code></a></h3>
7088 Calls
<a href=
"#pdf-error"><code>error
</code></a> if
7089 the value of its argument
<code>v
</code> is false (i.e.,
<b>nil
</b> or
<b>false
</b>);
7090 otherwise, returns all its arguments.
7092 <code>message
</code> is the error object;
7093 when absent, it defaults to
"<code>assertion failed!</code>"
7099 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-collectgarbage"><code>collectgarbage ([opt [, arg]])
</code></a></h3>
7103 This function is a generic interface to the garbage collector.
7104 It performs different functions according to its first argument,
<code>opt
</code>:
7108 <li><b>"<code>collect</code>":
</b>
7109 performs a full garbage-collection cycle.
7110 This is the default option.
7113 <li><b>"<code>stop</code>":
</b>
7114 stops automatic execution of the garbage collector.
7115 The collector will run only when explicitly invoked,
7116 until a call to restart it.
7119 <li><b>"<code>restart</code>":
</b>
7120 restarts automatic execution of the garbage collector.
7123 <li><b>"<code>count</code>":
</b>
7124 returns the total memory in use by Lua in Kbytes.
7125 The value has a fractional part,
7126 so that it multiplied by
1024
7127 gives the exact number of bytes in use by Lua
7128 (except for overflows).
7131 <li><b>"<code>step</code>":
</b>
7132 performs a garbage-collection step.
7133 The step
"size" is controlled by
<code>arg
</code>.
7135 the collector will perform one basic (indivisible) step.
7136 For non-zero values,
7137 the collector will perform as if that amount of memory
7138 (in KBytes) had been allocated by Lua.
7139 Returns
<b>true
</b> if the step finished a collection cycle.
7142 <li><b>"<code>setpause</code>":
</b>
7143 sets
<code>arg
</code> as the new value for the
<em>pause
</em> of
7144 the collector (see
<a href=
"#2.5">§2.5</a>).
7145 Returns the previous value for
<em>pause
</em>.
7148 <li><b>"<code>setstepmul</code>":
</b>
7149 sets
<code>arg
</code> as the new value for the
<em>step multiplier
</em> of
7150 the collector (see
<a href=
"#2.5">§2.5</a>).
7151 Returns the previous value for
<em>step
</em>.
7154 <li><b>"<code>isrunning</code>":
</b>
7155 returns a boolean that tells whether the collector is running
7156 (i.e., not stopped).
7164 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-dofile"><code>dofile ([filename])
</code></a></h3>
7165 Opens the named file and executes its contents as a Lua chunk.
7166 When called without arguments,
7167 <code>dofile
</code> executes the contents of the standard input (
<code>stdin
</code>).
7168 Returns all values returned by the chunk.
7169 In case of errors,
<code>dofile
</code> propagates the error
7170 to its caller (that is,
<code>dofile
</code> does not run in protected mode).
7176 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-error"><code>error (message [, level])
</code></a></h3>
7177 Terminates the last protected function called
7178 and returns
<code>message
</code> as the error object.
7179 Function
<code>error
</code> never returns.
7183 Usually,
<code>error
</code> adds some information about the error position
7184 at the beginning of the message, if the message is a string.
7185 The
<code>level
</code> argument specifies how to get the error position.
7186 With level
1 (the default), the error position is where the
7187 <code>error
</code> function was called.
7188 Level
2 points the error to where the function
7189 that called
<code>error
</code> was called; and so on.
7190 Passing a level
0 avoids the addition of error position information
7197 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-_G"><code>_G
</code></a></h3>
7198 A global variable (not a function) that
7199 holds the global environment (see
<a href=
"#2.2">§2.2</a>).
7200 Lua itself does not use this variable;
7201 changing its value does not affect any environment,
7208 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-getmetatable"><code>getmetatable (object)
</code></a></h3>
7212 If
<code>object
</code> does not have a metatable, returns
<b>nil
</b>.
7214 if the object's metatable has a
<code>"__metatable"</code> field,
7215 returns the associated value.
7216 Otherwise, returns the metatable of the given object.
7222 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs (t)
</code></a></h3>
7226 Returns three values (an iterator function, the table
<code>t
</code>, and
0)
7227 so that the construction
7230 for i,v in ipairs(t) do
<em>body
</em> end
7232 will iterate over the key
–value pairs
7233 (
<code>1,t[
1]
</code>), (
<code>2,t[
2]
</code>), ...,
7234 up to the first nil value.
7240 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-load"><code>load (chunk [, chunkname [, mode [, env]]])
</code></a></h3>
7248 If
<code>chunk
</code> is a string, the chunk is this string.
7249 If
<code>chunk
</code> is a function,
7250 <code>load
</code> calls it repeatedly to get the chunk pieces.
7251 Each call to
<code>chunk
</code> must return a string that concatenates
7252 with previous results.
7253 A return of an empty string,
<b>nil
</b>, or no value signals the end of the chunk.
7257 If there are no syntactic errors,
7258 returns the compiled chunk as a function;
7259 otherwise, returns
<b>nil
</b> plus the error message.
7263 If the resulting function has upvalues,
7264 the first upvalue is set to the value of
<code>env
</code>,
7265 if that parameter is given,
7266 or to the value of the global environment.
7267 Other upvalues are initialized with
<b>nil
</b>.
7268 (When you load a main chunk,
7269 the resulting function will always have exactly one upvalue,
7270 the
<code>_ENV
</code> variable (see
<a href=
"#2.2">§2.2</a>).
7272 when you load a binary chunk created from a function (see
<a href=
"#pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump
</code></a>),
7273 the resulting function can have an arbitrary number of upvalues.)
7274 All upvalues are fresh, that is,
7275 they are not shared with any other function.
7279 <code>chunkname
</code> is used as the name of the chunk for error messages
7280 and debug information (see
<a href=
"#4.9">§4.9</a>).
7282 it defaults to
<code>chunk
</code>, if
<code>chunk
</code> is a string,
7283 or to
"<code>=(load)</code>" otherwise.
7287 The string
<code>mode
</code> controls whether the chunk can be text or binary
7288 (that is, a precompiled chunk).
7289 It may be the string
"<code>b</code>" (only binary chunks),
7290 "<code>t</code>" (only text chunks),
7291 or
"<code>bt</code>" (both binary and text).
7292 The default is
"<code>bt</code>".
7296 Lua does not check the consistency of binary chunks.
7297 Maliciously crafted binary chunks can crash
7304 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-loadfile"><code>loadfile ([filename [, mode [, env]]])
</code></a></h3>
7308 Similar to
<a href=
"#pdf-load"><code>load
</code></a>,
7309 but gets the chunk from file
<code>filename
</code>
7310 or from the standard input,
7311 if no file name is given.
7317 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-next"><code>next (table [, index])
</code></a></h3>
7321 Allows a program to traverse all fields of a table.
7322 Its first argument is a table and its second argument
7323 is an index in this table.
7324 <code>next
</code> returns the next index of the table
7325 and its associated value.
7326 When called with
<b>nil
</b> as its second argument,
7327 <code>next
</code> returns an initial index
7328 and its associated value.
7329 When called with the last index,
7330 or with
<b>nil
</b> in an empty table,
7331 <code>next
</code> returns
<b>nil
</b>.
7332 If the second argument is absent, then it is interpreted as
<b>nil
</b>.
7334 you can use
<code>next(t)
</code> to check whether a table is empty.
7338 The order in which the indices are enumerated is not specified,
7339 <em>even for numeric indices
</em>.
7340 (To traverse a table in numerical order,
7341 use a numerical
<b>for
</b>.)
7345 The behavior of
<code>next
</code> is undefined if,
7346 during the traversal,
7347 you assign any value to a non-existent field in the table.
7348 You may however modify existing fields.
7349 In particular, you may clear existing fields.
7355 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-pairs"><code>pairs (t)
</code></a></h3>
7359 If
<code>t
</code> has a metamethod
<code>__pairs
</code>,
7360 calls it with
<code>t
</code> as argument and returns the first three
7361 results from the call.
7366 returns three values: the
<a href=
"#pdf-next"><code>next
</code></a> function, the table
<code>t
</code>, and
<b>nil
</b>,
7367 so that the construction
7370 for k,v in pairs(t) do
<em>body
</em> end
7372 will iterate over all key
–value pairs of table
<code>t
</code>.
7376 See function
<a href=
"#pdf-next"><code>next
</code></a> for the caveats of modifying
7377 the table during its traversal.
7383 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-pcall"><code>pcall (f [, arg1,
···])
</code></a></h3>
7387 Calls function
<code>f
</code> with
7388 the given arguments in
<em>protected mode
</em>.
7389 This means that any error inside
<code>f
</code> is not propagated;
7390 instead,
<code>pcall
</code> catches the error
7391 and returns a status code.
7392 Its first result is the status code (a boolean),
7393 which is true if the call succeeds without errors.
7394 In such case,
<code>pcall
</code> also returns all results from the call,
7395 after this first result.
7396 In case of any error,
<code>pcall
</code> returns
<b>false
</b> plus the error message.
7402 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-print"><code>print (
···)
</code></a></h3>
7403 Receives any number of arguments
7404 and prints their values to
<code>stdout
</code>,
7405 using the
<a href=
"#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring
</code></a> function to convert each argument to a string.
7406 <code>print
</code> is not intended for formatted output,
7407 but only as a quick way to show a value,
7408 for instance for debugging.
7409 For complete control over the output,
7410 use
<a href=
"#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format
</code></a> and
<a href=
"#pdf-io.write"><code>io.write
</code></a>.
7416 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-rawequal"><code>rawequal (v1, v2)
</code></a></h3>
7417 Checks whether
<code>v1
</code> is equal to
<code>v2
</code>,
7418 without invoking any metamethod.
7425 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-rawget"><code>rawget (table, index)
</code></a></h3>
7426 Gets the real value of
<code>table[index]
</code>,
7427 without invoking any metamethod.
7428 <code>table
</code> must be a table;
7429 <code>index
</code> may be any value.
7435 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-rawlen"><code>rawlen (v)
</code></a></h3>
7436 Returns the length of the object
<code>v
</code>,
7437 which must be a table or a string,
7438 without invoking any metamethod.
7445 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-rawset"><code>rawset (table, index, value)
</code></a></h3>
7446 Sets the real value of
<code>table[index]
</code> to
<code>value
</code>,
7447 without invoking any metamethod.
7448 <code>table
</code> must be a table,
7449 <code>index
</code> any value different from
<b>nil
</b> and NaN,
7450 and
<code>value
</code> any Lua value.
7454 This function returns
<code>table
</code>.
7460 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-select"><code>select (index,
···)
</code></a></h3>
7464 If
<code>index
</code> is a number,
7465 returns all arguments after argument number
<code>index
</code>;
7466 a negative number indexes from the end (-
1 is the last argument).
7467 Otherwise,
<code>index
</code> must be the string
<code>"#"</code>,
7468 and
<code>select
</code> returns the total number of extra arguments it received.
7474 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-setmetatable"><code>setmetatable (table, metatable)
</code></a></h3>
7478 Sets the metatable for the given table.
7479 (You cannot change the metatable of other types from Lua, only from
C.)
7480 If
<code>metatable
</code> is
<b>nil
</b>,
7481 removes the metatable of the given table.
7482 If the original metatable has a
<code>"__metatable"</code> field,
7487 This function returns
<code>table
</code>.
7493 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-tonumber"><code>tonumber (e [, base])
</code></a></h3>
7497 When called with no
<code>base
</code>,
7498 <code>tonumber
</code> tries to convert its argument to a number.
7499 If the argument is already a number or
7500 a string convertible to a number,
7501 then
<code>tonumber
</code> returns this number;
7502 otherwise, it returns
<b>nil
</b>.
7506 The conversion of strings can result in integers or floats,
7507 according to the lexical conventions of Lua (see
<a href=
"#3.1">§3.1</a>).
7508 (The string may have leading and trailing spaces and a sign.)
7512 When called with
<code>base
</code>,
7513 then
<code>e
</code> must be a string to be interpreted as
7514 an integer numeral in that base.
7515 The base may be any integer between
2 and
36, inclusive.
7516 In bases above
10, the letter '
<code>A
</code>' (in either upper or lower case)
7517 represents
10, '
<code>B
</code>' represents
11, and so forth,
7518 with '
<code>Z
</code>' representing
35.
7519 If the string
<code>e
</code> is not a valid numeral in the given base,
7520 the function returns
<b>nil
</b>.
7526 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-tostring"><code>tostring (v)
</code></a></h3>
7527 Receives a value of any type and
7528 converts it to a string in a human-readable format.
7529 (For complete control of how numbers are converted,
7530 use
<a href=
"#pdf-string.format"><code>string.format
</code></a>.)
7534 If the metatable of
<code>v
</code> has a
<code>"__tostring"</code> field,
7535 then
<code>tostring
</code> calls the corresponding value
7536 with
<code>v
</code> as argument,
7537 and uses the result of the call as its result.
7543 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-type"><code>type (v)
</code></a></h3>
7544 Returns the type of its only argument, coded as a string.
7545 The possible results of this function are
7546 "<code>nil</code>" (a string, not the value
<b>nil
</b>),
7547 "<code>number</code>",
7548 "<code>string</code>",
7549 "<code>boolean</code>",
7550 "<code>table</code>",
7551 "<code>function</code>",
7552 "<code>thread</code>",
7553 and
"<code>userdata</code>".
7559 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-_VERSION"><code>_VERSION
</code></a></h3>
7560 A global variable (not a function) that
7561 holds a string containing the current interpreter version.
7562 The current value of this variable is
"<code>Lua 5.3</code>".
7568 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-xpcall"><code>xpcall (f, msgh [, arg1,
···])
</code></a></h3>
7572 This function is similar to
<a href=
"#pdf-pcall"><code>pcall
</code></a>,
7573 except that it sets a new message handler
<code>msgh
</code>.
7581 <h2>6.2 – <a name=
"6.2">Coroutine Manipulation
</a></h2>
7584 This library comprises the operations to manipulate coroutines,
7585 which come inside the table
<a name=
"pdf-coroutine"><code>coroutine
</code></a>.
7586 See
<a href=
"#2.6">§2.6</a> for a general description of coroutines.
7590 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.create"><code>coroutine.create (f)
</code></a></h3>
7594 Creates a new coroutine, with body
<code>f
</code>.
7595 <code>f
</code> must be a function.
7596 Returns this new coroutine,
7597 an object with type
<code>"thread"</code>.
7603 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.isyieldable"><code>coroutine.isyieldable ()
</code></a></h3>
7607 Returns true when the running coroutine can yield.
7611 A running coroutine is yieldable if it is not the main thread and
7612 it is not inside a non-yieldable C function.
7618 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.resume"><code>coroutine.resume (co [, val1,
···])
</code></a></h3>
7622 Starts or continues the execution of coroutine
<code>co
</code>.
7623 The first time you resume a coroutine,
7624 it starts running its body.
7625 The values
<code>val1
</code>, ... are passed
7626 as the arguments to the body function.
7627 If the coroutine has yielded,
7628 <code>resume
</code> restarts it;
7629 the values
<code>val1
</code>, ... are passed
7630 as the results from the yield.
7634 If the coroutine runs without any errors,
7635 <code>resume
</code> returns
<b>true
</b> plus any values passed to
<code>yield
</code>
7636 (when the coroutine yields) or any values returned by the body function
7637 (when the coroutine terminates).
7638 If there is any error,
7639 <code>resume
</code> returns
<b>false
</b> plus the error message.
7645 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.running"><code>coroutine.running ()
</code></a></h3>
7649 Returns the running coroutine plus a boolean,
7650 true when the running coroutine is the main one.
7656 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.status"><code>coroutine.status (co)
</code></a></h3>
7660 Returns the status of coroutine
<code>co
</code>, as a string:
7661 <code>"running"</code>,
7662 if the coroutine is running (that is, it called
<code>status
</code>);
7663 <code>"suspended"</code>, if the coroutine is suspended in a call to
<code>yield
</code>,
7664 or if it has not started running yet;
7665 <code>"normal"</code> if the coroutine is active but not running
7666 (that is, it has resumed another coroutine);
7667 and
<code>"dead"</code> if the coroutine has finished its body function,
7668 or if it has stopped with an error.
7674 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.wrap"><code>coroutine.wrap (f)
</code></a></h3>
7678 Creates a new coroutine, with body
<code>f
</code>.
7679 <code>f
</code> must be a function.
7680 Returns a function that resumes the coroutine each time it is called.
7681 Any arguments passed to the function behave as the
7682 extra arguments to
<code>resume
</code>.
7683 Returns the same values returned by
<code>resume
</code>,
7684 except the first boolean.
7685 In case of error, propagates the error.
7691 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-coroutine.yield"><code>coroutine.yield (
···)
</code></a></h3>
7695 Suspends the execution of the calling coroutine.
7696 Any arguments to
<code>yield
</code> are passed as extra results to
<code>resume
</code>.
7704 <h2>6.3 – <a name=
"6.3">Modules
</a></h2>
7707 The package library provides basic
7708 facilities for loading modules in Lua.
7709 It exports one function directly in the global environment:
7710 <a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>.
7711 Everything else is exported in a table
<a name=
"pdf-package"><code>package
</code></a>.
7715 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-require"><code>require (modname)
</code></a></h3>
7719 Loads the given module.
7720 The function starts by looking into the
<a href=
"#pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded
</code></a> table
7721 to determine whether
<code>modname
</code> is already loaded.
7722 If it is, then
<code>require
</code> returns the value stored
7723 at
<code>package.loaded[modname]
</code>.
7724 Otherwise, it tries to find a
<em>loader
</em> for the module.
7729 <code>require
</code> is guided by the
<a href=
"#pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers
</code></a> sequence.
7730 By changing this sequence,
7731 we can change how
<code>require
</code> looks for a module.
7732 The following explanation is based on the default configuration
7733 for
<a href=
"#pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers
</code></a>.
7737 First
<code>require
</code> queries
<code>package.preload[modname]
</code>.
7739 this value (which must be a function) is the loader.
7740 Otherwise
<code>require
</code> searches for a Lua loader using the
7741 path stored in
<a href=
"#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path
</code></a>.
7742 If that also fails, it searches for a C
loader using the
7743 path stored in
<a href=
"#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath
</code></a>.
7745 it tries an
<em>all-in-one
</em> loader (see
<a href=
"#pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers
</code></a>).
7749 Once a loader is found,
7750 <code>require
</code> calls the loader with two arguments:
7751 <code>modname
</code> and an extra value dependent on how it got the loader.
7752 (If the loader came from a file,
7753 this extra value is the file name.)
7754 If the loader returns any non-nil value,
7755 <code>require
</code> assigns the returned value to
<code>package.loaded[modname]
</code>.
7756 If the loader does not return a non-nil value and
7757 has not assigned any value to
<code>package.loaded[modname]
</code>,
7758 then
<code>require
</code> assigns
<b>true
</b> to this entry.
7759 In any case,
<code>require
</code> returns the
7760 final value of
<code>package.loaded[modname]
</code>.
7764 If there is any error loading or running the module,
7765 or if it cannot find any loader for the module,
7766 then
<code>require
</code> raises an error.
7772 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.config"><code>package.config
</code></a></h3>
7776 A string describing some compile-time configurations for packages.
7777 This string is a sequence of lines:
7781 <li>The first line is the directory separator string.
7782 Default is '
<code>\
</code>' for Windows and '
<code>/
</code>' for all other systems.
</li>
7784 <li>The second line is the character that separates templates in a path.
7785 Default is '
<code>;
</code>'.
</li>
7787 <li>The third line is the string that marks the
7788 substitution points in a template.
7789 Default is '
<code>?
</code>'.
</li>
7791 <li>The fourth line is a string that, in a path in Windows,
7792 is replaced by the executable's directory.
7793 Default is '
<code>!
</code>'.
</li>
7795 <li>The fifth line is a mark to ignore all text after it
7796 when building the
<code>luaopen_
</code> function name.
7797 Default is '
<code>-
</code>'.
</li>
7804 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath
</code></a></h3>
7808 The path used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a> to search for a C
loader.
7812 Lua initializes the C
path
<a href=
"#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath
</code></a> in the same way
7813 it initializes the Lua path
<a href=
"#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path
</code></a>,
7814 using the environment variable
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_CPATH_5_3"><code>LUA_CPATH_5_3
</code></a>
7815 or the environment variable
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_CPATH"><code>LUA_CPATH
</code></a>
7816 or a default path defined in
<code>luaconf.h
</code>.
7822 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.loaded"><code>package.loaded
</code></a></h3>
7826 A table used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a> to control which
7827 modules are already loaded.
7828 When you require a module
<code>modname
</code> and
7829 <code>package.loaded[modname]
</code> is not false,
7830 <a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a> simply returns the value stored there.
7834 This variable is only a reference to the real table;
7835 assignments to this variable do not change the
7836 table used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>.
7842 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.loadlib"><code>package.loadlib (libname, funcname)
</code></a></h3>
7846 Dynamically links the host program with the C
library
<code>libname
</code>.
7850 If
<code>funcname
</code> is
"<code>*</code>",
7851 then it only links with the library,
7852 making the symbols exported by the library
7853 available to other dynamically linked libraries.
7855 it looks for a function
<code>funcname
</code> inside the library
7856 and returns this function as a C
function.
7857 So,
<code>funcname
</code> must follow the
<a href=
"#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction
</code></a> prototype
7858 (see
<a href=
"#lua_CFunction"><code>lua_CFunction
</code></a>).
7862 This is a low-level function.
7863 It completely bypasses the package and module system.
7864 Unlike
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>,
7865 it does not perform any path searching and
7866 does not automatically adds extensions.
7867 <code>libname
</code> must be the complete file name of the C
library,
7868 including if necessary a path and an extension.
7869 <code>funcname
</code> must be the exact name exported by the C
library
7870 (which may depend on the C
compiler and linker used).
7874 This function is not supported by Standard
C.
7875 As such, it is only available on some platforms
7876 (Windows, Linux, Mac OS X, Solaris, BSD,
7877 plus other Unix systems that support the
<code>dlfcn
</code> standard).
7883 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.path"><code>package.path
</code></a></h3>
7887 The path used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a> to search for a Lua loader.
7891 At start-up, Lua initializes this variable with
7892 the value of the environment variable
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_PATH_5_3"><code>LUA_PATH_5_3
</code></a> or
7893 the environment variable
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_PATH"><code>LUA_PATH
</code></a> or
7894 with a default path defined in
<code>luaconf.h
</code>,
7895 if those environment variables are not defined.
7896 Any
"<code>;;</code>" in the value of the environment variable
7897 is replaced by the default path.
7903 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.preload"><code>package.preload
</code></a></h3>
7907 A table to store loaders for specific modules
7908 (see
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>).
7912 This variable is only a reference to the real table;
7913 assignments to this variable do not change the
7914 table used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>.
7920 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.searchers"><code>package.searchers
</code></a></h3>
7924 A table used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a> to control how to load modules.
7928 Each entry in this table is a
<em>searcher function
</em>.
7929 When looking for a module,
7930 <a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a> calls each of these searchers in ascending order,
7931 with the module name (the argument given to
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>) as its
7933 The function can return another function (the module
<em>loader
</em>)
7934 plus an extra value that will be passed to that loader,
7935 or a string explaining why it did not find that module
7936 (or
<b>nil
</b> if it has nothing to say).
7940 Lua initializes this table with four searcher functions.
7944 The first searcher simply looks for a loader in the
7945 <a href=
"#pdf-package.preload"><code>package.preload
</code></a> table.
7949 The second searcher looks for a loader as a Lua library,
7950 using the path stored at
<a href=
"#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path
</code></a>.
7951 The search is done as described in function
<a href=
"#pdf-package.searchpath"><code>package.searchpath
</code></a>.
7955 The third searcher looks for a loader as a C
library,
7956 using the path given by the variable
<a href=
"#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath
</code></a>.
7958 the search is done as described in function
<a href=
"#pdf-package.searchpath"><code>package.searchpath
</code></a>.
7960 if the C
path is the string
7963 "./?.so;./?.dll;/usr/local/?/init.so"
7965 the searcher for module
<code>foo
</code>
7966 will try to open the files
<code>./foo.so
</code>,
<code>./foo.dll
</code>,
7967 and
<code>/usr/local/foo/init.so
</code>, in that order.
7968 Once it finds a C
library,
7969 this searcher first uses a dynamic link facility to link the
7970 application with the library.
7971 Then it tries to find a C
function inside the library to
7972 be used as the loader.
7973 The name of this C
function is the string
"<code>luaopen_</code>"
7974 concatenated with a copy of the module name where each dot
7975 is replaced by an underscore.
7976 Moreover, if the module name has a hyphen,
7977 its suffix after (and including) the first hyphen is removed.
7978 For instance, if the module name is
<code>a.b.c-v2.1
</code>,
7979 the function name will be
<code>luaopen_a_b_c
</code>.
7983 The fourth searcher tries an
<em>all-in-one loader
</em>.
7984 It searches the C
path for a library for
7985 the root name of the given module.
7986 For instance, when requiring
<code>a.b.c
</code>,
7987 it will search for a C
library for
<code>a
</code>.
7988 If found, it looks into it for an open function for
7990 in our example, that would be
<code>luaopen_a_b_c
</code>.
7991 With this facility, a package can pack several C
submodules
7992 into one single library,
7993 with each submodule keeping its original open function.
7997 All searchers except the first one (preload) return as the extra value
7998 the file name where the module was found,
7999 as returned by
<a href=
"#pdf-package.searchpath"><code>package.searchpath
</code></a>.
8000 The first searcher returns no extra value.
8006 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-package.searchpath"><code>package.searchpath (name, path [, sep [, rep]])
</code></a></h3>
8010 Searches for the given
<code>name
</code> in the given
<code>path
</code>.
8014 A path is a string containing a sequence of
8015 <em>templates
</em> separated by semicolons.
8017 the function replaces each interrogation mark (if any)
8018 in the template with a copy of
<code>name
</code>
8019 wherein all occurrences of
<code>sep
</code>
8021 were replaced by
<code>rep
</code>
8022 (the system's directory separator, by default),
8023 and then tries to open the resulting file name.
8027 For instance, if the path is the string
8030 "./?.lua;./?.lc;/usr/local/?/init.lua"
8032 the search for the name
<code>foo.a
</code>
8033 will try to open the files
8034 <code>./foo/a.lua
</code>,
<code>./foo/a.lc
</code>, and
8035 <code>/usr/local/foo/a/init.lua
</code>, in that order.
8039 Returns the resulting name of the first file that it can
8040 open in read mode (after closing the file),
8041 or
<b>nil
</b> plus an error message if none succeeds.
8042 (This error message lists all file names it tried to open.)
8050 <h2>6.4 – <a name=
"6.4">String Manipulation
</a></h2>
8053 This library provides generic functions for string manipulation,
8054 such as finding and extracting substrings, and pattern matching.
8055 When indexing a string in Lua, the first character is at position
1
8056 (not at
0, as in C).
8057 Indices are allowed to be negative and are interpreted as indexing backwards,
8058 from the end of the string.
8059 Thus, the last character is at position -
1, and so on.
8063 The string library provides all its functions inside the table
8064 <a name=
"pdf-string"><code>string
</code></a>.
8065 It also sets a metatable for strings
8066 where the
<code>__index
</code> field points to the
<code>string
</code> table.
8067 Therefore, you can use the string functions in object-oriented style.
8068 For instance,
<code>string.byte(s,i)
</code>
8069 can be written as
<code>s:byte(i)
</code>.
8073 The string library assumes one-byte character encodings.
8077 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.byte"><code>string.byte (s [, i [, j]])
</code></a></h3>
8078 Returns the internal numeric codes of the characters
<code>s[i]
</code>,
8079 <code>s[i+
1]
</code>, ...,
<code>s[j]
</code>.
8080 The default value for
<code>i
</code> is
1;
8081 the default value for
<code>j
</code> is
<code>i
</code>.
8082 These indices are corrected
8083 following the same rules of function
<a href=
"#pdf-string.sub"><code>string.sub
</code></a>.
8087 Numeric codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.
8093 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.char"><code>string.char (
···)
</code></a></h3>
8094 Receives zero or more integers.
8095 Returns a string with length equal to the number of arguments,
8096 in which each character has the internal numeric code equal
8097 to its corresponding argument.
8101 Numeric codes are not necessarily portable across platforms.
8107 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.dump"><code>string.dump (function [, strip])
</code></a></h3>
8111 Returns a string containing a binary representation
8112 (a
<em>binary chunk
</em>)
8113 of the given function,
8114 so that a later
<a href=
"#pdf-load"><code>load
</code></a> on this string returns
8115 a copy of the function (but with new upvalues).
8116 If
<code>strip
</code> is a true value,
8117 the binary representation may not include all debug information
8123 Functions with upvalues have only their number of upvalues saved.
8125 those upvalues receive fresh instances containing
<b>nil
</b>.
8126 (You can use the debug library to serialize
8127 and reload the upvalues of a function
8128 in a way adequate to your needs.)
8134 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.find"><code>string.find (s, pattern [, init [, plain]])
</code></a></h3>
8138 Looks for the first match of
8139 <code>pattern
</code> (see
<a href=
"#6.4.1">§6.4.1</a>) in the string
<code>s
</code>.
8140 If it finds a match, then
<code>find
</code> returns the indices of
<code>s
</code>
8141 where this occurrence starts and ends;
8142 otherwise, it returns
<b>nil
</b>.
8143 A third, optional numeric argument
<code>init
</code> specifies
8144 where to start the search;
8145 its default value is
1 and can be negative.
8146 A value of
<b>true
</b> as a fourth, optional argument
<code>plain
</code>
8147 turns off the pattern matching facilities,
8148 so the function does a plain
"find substring" operation,
8149 with no characters in
<code>pattern
</code> being considered magic.
8150 Note that if
<code>plain
</code> is given, then
<code>init
</code> must be given as well.
8154 If the pattern has captures,
8155 then in a successful match
8156 the captured values are also returned,
8157 after the two indices.
8163 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.format"><code>string.format (formatstring,
···)
</code></a></h3>
8167 Returns a formatted version of its variable number of arguments
8168 following the description given in its first argument (which must be a string).
8169 The format string follows the same rules as the ISO
C function
<code>sprintf
</code>.
8170 The only differences are that the options/modifiers
8171 <code>*
</code>,
<code>h
</code>,
<code>L
</code>,
<code>l
</code>,
<code>n
</code>,
8172 and
<code>p
</code> are not supported
8173 and that there is an extra option,
<code>q
</code>.
8174 The
<code>q
</code> option formats a string between double quotes,
8175 using escape sequences when necessary to ensure that
8176 it can safely be read back by the Lua interpreter.
8177 For instance, the call
8180 string.format('%q', 'a string with
"quotes" and \n new line')
8182 may produce the string:
8185 "a string with \"quotes\
" and \
8191 <code>A
</code>,
<code>a
</code>,
<code>E
</code>,
<code>e
</code>,
<code>f
</code>,
8192 <code>G
</code>, and
<code>g
</code> all expect a number as argument.
8193 Options
<code>c
</code>,
<code>d
</code>,
8194 <code>i
</code>,
<code>o
</code>,
<code>u
</code>,
<code>X
</code>, and
<code>x
</code>
8196 Option
<code>q
</code> expects a string.
8197 Option
<code>s
</code> expects a string without embedded zeros;
8198 if its argument is not a string,
8199 it is converted to one following the same rules of
<a href=
"#pdf-tostring"><code>tostring
</code></a>.
8203 When Lua is compiled with a non-C99 compiler,
8204 options
<code>A
</code> and
<code>a
</code> (hexadecimal floats)
8205 do not support any modifier (flags, width, length).
8211 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch (s, pattern)
</code></a></h3>
8212 Returns an iterator function that,
8213 each time it is called,
8214 returns the next captures from
<code>pattern
</code> (see
<a href=
"#6.4.1">§6.4.1</a>)
8215 over the string
<code>s
</code>.
8216 If
<code>pattern
</code> specifies no captures,
8217 then the whole match is produced in each call.
8221 As an example, the following loop
8222 will iterate over all the words from string
<code>s
</code>,
8223 printing one per line:
8226 s =
"hello world from Lua"
8227 for w in string.gmatch(s,
"%a+") do
8231 The next example collects all pairs
<code>key=value
</code> from the
8232 given string into a table:
8236 s =
"from=world, to=Lua"
8237 for k, v in string.gmatch(s,
"(%w+)=(%w+)") do
8243 For this function, a caret '
<code>^
</code>' at the start of a pattern does not
8244 work as an anchor, as this would prevent the iteration.
8250 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub (s, pattern, repl [, n])
</code></a></h3>
8251 Returns a copy of
<code>s
</code>
8252 in which all (or the first
<code>n
</code>, if given)
8253 occurrences of the
<code>pattern
</code> (see
<a href=
"#6.4.1">§6.4.1</a>) have been
8254 replaced by a replacement string specified by
<code>repl
</code>,
8255 which can be a string, a table, or a function.
8256 <code>gsub
</code> also returns, as its second value,
8257 the total number of matches that occurred.
8258 The name
<code>gsub
</code> comes from
<em>Global SUBstitution
</em>.
8262 If
<code>repl
</code> is a string, then its value is used for replacement.
8263 The character
<code>%
</code> works as an escape character:
8264 any sequence in
<code>repl
</code> of the form
<code>%
<em>d
</em></code>,
8265 with
<em>d
</em> between
1 and
9,
8266 stands for the value of the
<em>d
</em>-th captured substring.
8267 The sequence
<code>%
0</code> stands for the whole match.
8268 The sequence
<code>%%
</code> stands for a single
<code>%
</code>.
8272 If
<code>repl
</code> is a table, then the table is queried for every match,
8273 using the first capture as the key.
8277 If
<code>repl
</code> is a function, then this function is called every time a
8278 match occurs, with all captured substrings passed as arguments,
8284 if the pattern specifies no captures,
8285 then it behaves as if the whole pattern was inside a capture.
8289 If the value returned by the table query or by the function call
8290 is a string or a number,
8291 then it is used as the replacement string;
8292 otherwise, if it is
<b>false
</b> or
<b>nil
</b>,
8293 then there is no replacement
8294 (that is, the original match is kept in the string).
8298 Here are some examples:
8301 x = string.gsub(
"hello world",
"(%w+)",
"%1 %1")
8302 --
> x=
"hello hello world world"
8304 x = string.gsub(
"hello world",
"%w+",
"%0 %0",
1)
8305 --
> x=
"hello hello world"
8307 x = string.gsub(
"hello world from Lua",
"(%w+)%s*(%w+)",
"%2 %1")
8308 --
> x=
"world hello Lua from"
8310 x = string.gsub(
"home = $HOME, user = $USER",
"%$(%w+)", os.getenv)
8311 --
> x=
"home = /home/roberto, user = roberto"
8313 x = string.gsub(
"4+5 = $return 4+5$",
"%$(.-)%$", function (s)
8318 local t = {
name=
"lua",
version=
"5.3"}
8319 x = string.gsub(
"$name-$version.tar.gz",
"%$(%w+)", t)
8320 --
> x=
"lua-5.3.tar.gz"
8326 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.len"><code>string.len (s)
</code></a></h3>
8327 Receives a string and returns its length.
8328 The empty string
<code>""</code> has length
0.
8329 Embedded zeros are counted,
8330 so
<code>"a\000bc\000"</code> has length
5.
8336 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.lower"><code>string.lower (s)
</code></a></h3>
8337 Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all
8338 uppercase letters changed to lowercase.
8339 All other characters are left unchanged.
8340 The definition of what an uppercase letter is depends on the current locale.
8346 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.match"><code>string.match (s, pattern [, init])
</code></a></h3>
8347 Looks for the first
<em>match
</em> of
8348 <code>pattern
</code> (see
<a href=
"#6.4.1">§6.4.1</a>) in the string
<code>s
</code>.
8349 If it finds one, then
<code>match
</code> returns
8350 the captures from the pattern;
8351 otherwise it returns
<b>nil
</b>.
8352 If
<code>pattern
</code> specifies no captures,
8353 then the whole match is returned.
8354 A third, optional numeric argument
<code>init
</code> specifies
8355 where to start the search;
8356 its default value is
1 and can be negative.
8362 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack (fmt, v1, v2,
···)
</code></a></h3>
8366 Returns a binary string containing the values
<code>v1
</code>,
<code>v2
</code>, etc.
8367 packed (that is, serialized in binary form)
8368 according to the format string
<code>fmt
</code> (see
<a href=
"#6.4.2">§6.4.2</a>).
8374 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.packsize"><code>string.packsize (fmt)
</code></a></h3>
8378 Returns the size of a string resulting from
<a href=
"#pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack
</code></a>
8379 with the given format.
8380 The format string cannot have the variable-length options
8381 '
<code>s
</code>' or '
<code>z
</code>' (see
<a href=
"#6.4.2">§6.4.2</a>).
8387 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.rep"><code>string.rep (s, n [, sep])
</code></a></h3>
8388 Returns a string that is the concatenation of
<code>n
</code> copies of
8389 the string
<code>s
</code> separated by the string
<code>sep
</code>.
8390 The default value for
<code>sep
</code> is the empty string
8391 (that is, no separator).
8392 Returns the empty string if
<code>n
</code> is not positive.
8398 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.reverse"><code>string.reverse (s)
</code></a></h3>
8399 Returns a string that is the string
<code>s
</code> reversed.
8405 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.sub"><code>string.sub (s, i [, j])
</code></a></h3>
8406 Returns the substring of
<code>s
</code> that
8407 starts at
<code>i
</code> and continues until
<code>j
</code>;
8408 <code>i
</code> and
<code>j
</code> can be negative.
8409 If
<code>j
</code> is absent, then it is assumed to be equal to -
1
8410 (which is the same as the string length).
8412 the call
<code>string.sub(s,
1,j)
</code> returns a prefix of
<code>s
</code>
8413 with length
<code>j
</code>,
8414 and
<code>string.sub(s, -i)
</code> returns a suffix of
<code>s
</code>
8415 with length
<code>i
</code>.
8419 If, after the translation of negative indices,
8420 <code>i
</code> is less than
1,
8421 it is corrected to
1.
8422 If
<code>j
</code> is greater than the string length,
8423 it is corrected to that length.
8424 If, after these corrections,
8425 <code>i
</code> is greater than
<code>j
</code>,
8426 the function returns the empty string.
8432 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.unpack"><code>string.unpack (fmt, s [, pos])
</code></a></h3>
8436 Returns the values packed in string
<code>s
</code> (see
<a href=
"#pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack
</code></a>)
8437 according to the format string
<code>fmt
</code> (see
<a href=
"#6.4.2">§6.4.2</a>).
8438 An optional
<code>pos
</code> marks where
8439 to start reading in
<code>s
</code> (default is
1).
8440 After the read values,
8441 this function also returns the index of the first unread byte in
<code>s
</code>.
8447 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-string.upper"><code>string.upper (s)
</code></a></h3>
8448 Receives a string and returns a copy of this string with all
8449 lowercase letters changed to uppercase.
8450 All other characters are left unchanged.
8451 The definition of what a lowercase letter is depends on the current locale.
8457 <h3>6.4.1 – <a name=
"6.4.1">Patterns
</a></h3>
8460 Patterns in Lua are described by regular strings,
8461 which are interpreted as patterns by the pattern-matching functions
8462 <a href=
"#pdf-string.find"><code>string.find
</code></a>,
8463 <a href=
"#pdf-string.gmatch"><code>string.gmatch
</code></a>,
8464 <a href=
"#pdf-string.gsub"><code>string.gsub
</code></a>,
8465 and
<a href=
"#pdf-string.match"><code>string.match
</code></a>.
8466 This section describes the syntax and the meaning
8467 (that is, what they match) of these strings.
8471 <h4>Character Class:
</h4><p>
8472 A
<em>character class
</em> is used to represent a set of characters.
8473 The following combinations are allowed in describing a character class:
8477 <li><b><em>x
</em>:
</b>
8478 (where
<em>x
</em> is not one of the
<em>magic characters
</em>
8479 <code>^$()%.[]*+-?
</code>)
8480 represents the character
<em>x
</em> itself.
8483 <li><b><code>.
</code>:
</b> (a dot) represents all characters.
</li>
8485 <li><b><code>%a
</code>:
</b> represents all letters.
</li>
8487 <li><b><code>%c
</code>:
</b> represents all control characters.
</li>
8489 <li><b><code>%d
</code>:
</b> represents all digits.
</li>
8491 <li><b><code>%g
</code>:
</b> represents all printable characters except space.
</li>
8493 <li><b><code>%l
</code>:
</b> represents all lowercase letters.
</li>
8495 <li><b><code>%p
</code>:
</b> represents all punctuation characters.
</li>
8497 <li><b><code>%s
</code>:
</b> represents all space characters.
</li>
8499 <li><b><code>%u
</code>:
</b> represents all uppercase letters.
</li>
8501 <li><b><code>%w
</code>:
</b> represents all alphanumeric characters.
</li>
8503 <li><b><code>%x
</code>:
</b> represents all hexadecimal digits.
</li>
8505 <li><b><code>%
<em>x
</em></code>:
</b> (where
<em>x
</em> is any non-alphanumeric character)
8506 represents the character
<em>x
</em>.
8507 This is the standard way to escape the magic characters.
8508 Any non-alphanumeric character
8509 (including all punctuation characters, even the non-magical)
8510 can be preceded by a '
<code>%
</code>'
8511 when used to represent itself in a pattern.
8514 <li><b><code>[
<em>set
</em>]
</code>:
</b>
8515 represents the class which is the union of all
8516 characters in
<em>set
</em>.
8517 A range of characters can be specified by
8518 separating the end characters of the range,
8519 in ascending order, with a '
<code>-
</code>'.
8520 All classes
<code>%
</code><em>x
</em> described above can also be used as
8521 components in
<em>set
</em>.
8522 All other characters in
<em>set
</em> represent themselves.
8523 For example,
<code>[%w_]
</code> (or
<code>[_%w]
</code>)
8524 represents all alphanumeric characters plus the underscore,
8525 <code>[
0-
7]
</code> represents the octal digits,
8526 and
<code>[
0-
7%l%-]
</code> represents the octal digits plus
8527 the lowercase letters plus the '
<code>-
</code>' character.
8531 The interaction between ranges and classes is not defined.
8532 Therefore, patterns like
<code>[%a-z]
</code> or
<code>[a-%%]
</code>
8536 <li><b><code>[^
<em>set
</em>]
</code>:
</b>
8537 represents the complement of
<em>set
</em>,
8538 where
<em>set
</em> is interpreted as above.
8542 For all classes represented by single letters (
<code>%a
</code>,
<code>%c
</code>, etc.),
8543 the corresponding uppercase letter represents the complement of the class.
8544 For instance,
<code>%S
</code> represents all non-space characters.
8548 The definitions of letter, space, and other character groups
8549 depend on the current locale.
8550 In particular, the class
<code>[a-z]
</code> may not be equivalent to
<code>%l
</code>.
8556 <h4>Pattern Item:
</h4><p>
8557 A
<em>pattern item
</em> can be
8562 a single character class,
8563 which matches any single character in the class;
8567 a single character class followed by '
<code>*
</code>',
8568 which matches zero or more repetitions of characters in the class.
8569 These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence;
8573 a single character class followed by '
<code>+
</code>',
8574 which matches one or more repetitions of characters in the class.
8575 These repetition items will always match the longest possible sequence;
8579 a single character class followed by '
<code>-
</code>',
8580 which also matches zero or more repetitions of characters in the class.
8581 Unlike '
<code>*
</code>',
8582 these repetition items will always match the shortest possible sequence;
8586 a single character class followed by '
<code>?
</code>',
8587 which matches zero or one occurrence of a character in the class.
8588 It always matches one occurrence if possible;
8592 <code>%
<em>n
</em></code>, for
<em>n
</em> between
1 and
9;
8593 such item matches a substring equal to the
<em>n
</em>-th captured string
8598 <code>%b
<em>xy
</em></code>, where
<em>x
</em> and
<em>y
</em> are two distinct characters;
8599 such item matches strings that start with
<em>x
</em>, end with
<em>y
</em>,
8600 and where the
<em>x
</em> and
<em>y
</em> are
<em>balanced
</em>.
8601 This means that, if one reads the string from left to right,
8602 counting
<em>+
1</em> for an
<em>x
</em> and
<em>-
1</em> for a
<em>y
</em>,
8603 the ending
<em>y
</em> is the first
<em>y
</em> where the count reaches
0.
8604 For instance, the item
<code>%b()
</code> matches expressions with
8605 balanced parentheses.
8609 <code>%f[
<em>set
</em>]
</code>, a
<em>frontier pattern
</em>;
8610 such item matches an empty string at any position such that
8611 the next character belongs to
<em>set
</em>
8612 and the previous character does not belong to
<em>set
</em>.
8613 The set
<em>set
</em> is interpreted as previously described.
8614 The beginning and the end of the subject are handled as if
8615 they were the character '
<code>\
0</code>'.
8623 <h4>Pattern:
</h4><p>
8624 A
<em>pattern
</em> is a sequence of pattern items.
8625 A caret '
<code>^
</code>' at the beginning of a pattern anchors the match at the
8626 beginning of the subject string.
8627 A '
<code>$
</code>' at the end of a pattern anchors the match at the
8628 end of the subject string.
8630 '
<code>^
</code>' and '
<code>$
</code>' have no special meaning and represent themselves.
8636 <h4>Captures:
</h4><p>
8637 A pattern can contain sub-patterns enclosed in parentheses;
8638 they describe
<em>captures
</em>.
8639 When a match succeeds, the substrings of the subject string
8640 that match captures are stored (
<em>captured
</em>) for future use.
8641 Captures are numbered according to their left parentheses.
8642 For instance, in the pattern
<code>"(a*(.)%w(%s*))"</code>,
8643 the part of the string matching
<code>"a*(.)%w(%s*)"</code> is
8644 stored as the first capture (and therefore has number
1);
8645 the character matching
"<code>.</code>" is captured with number
2,
8646 and the part matching
"<code>%s*</code>" has number
3.
8650 As a special case, the empty capture
<code>()
</code> captures
8651 the current string position (a number).
8652 For instance, if we apply the pattern
<code>"()aa()"</code> on the
8653 string
<code>"flaaap"</code>, there will be two captures:
3 and
5.
8661 <h3>6.4.2 – <a name=
"6.4.2">Format Strings for Pack and Unpack
</a></h3>
8664 The first argument to
<a href=
"#pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack
</code></a>,
8665 <a href=
"#pdf-string.packsize"><code>string.packsize
</code></a>, and
<a href=
"#pdf-string.unpack"><code>string.unpack
</code></a>
8667 which describes the layout of the structure being created or read.
8671 A format string is a sequence of conversion options.
8672 The conversion options are as follows:
8675 <li><b><code><</code>:
</b>sets little endian
</li>
8676 <li><b><code>></code>:
</b>sets big endian
</li>
8677 <li><b><code>=
</code>:
</b>sets native endian
</li>
8678 <li><b><code>![
<em>n
</em>]
</code>:
</b>sets maximum alignment to
<code>n
</code>
8679 (default is native alignment)
</li>
8680 <li><b><code>b
</code>:
</b>a signed byte (
<code>char
</code>)
</li>
8681 <li><b><code>B
</code>:
</b>an unsigned byte (
<code>char
</code>)
</li>
8682 <li><b><code>h
</code>:
</b>a signed
<code>short
</code> (native size)
</li>
8683 <li><b><code>H
</code>:
</b>an unsigned
<code>short
</code> (native size)
</li>
8684 <li><b><code>l
</code>:
</b>a signed
<code>long
</code> (native size)
</li>
8685 <li><b><code>L
</code>:
</b>an unsigned
<code>long
</code> (native size)
</li>
8686 <li><b><code>j
</code>:
</b>a
<code>lua_Integer
</code></li>
8687 <li><b><code>J
</code>:
</b>a
<code>lua_Unsigned
</code></li>
8688 <li><b><code>T
</code>:
</b>a
<code>size_t
</code> (native size)
</li>
8689 <li><b><code>i[
<em>n
</em>]
</code>:
</b>a signed
<code>int
</code> with
<code>n
</code> bytes
8690 (default is native size)
</li>
8691 <li><b><code>I[
<em>n
</em>]
</code>:
</b>an unsigned
<code>int
</code> with
<code>n
</code> bytes
8692 (default is native size)
</li>
8693 <li><b><code>f
</code>:
</b>a
<code>float
</code> (native size)
</li>
8694 <li><b><code>d
</code>:
</b>a
<code>double
</code> (native size)
</li>
8695 <li><b><code>n
</code>:
</b>a
<code>lua_Number
</code></li>
8696 <li><b><code>c
<em>n
</em></code>:
</b>a fixed-sized string with
<code>n
</code> bytes
</li>
8697 <li><b><code>z
</code>:
</b>a zero-terminated string
</li>
8698 <li><b><code>s[
<em>n
</em>]
</code>:
</b>a string preceded by its length
8699 coded as an unsigned integer with
<code>n
</code> bytes
8700 (default is a
<code>size_t
</code>)
</li>
8701 <li><b><code>x
</code>:
</b>one byte of padding
</li>
8702 <li><b><code>X
<em>op
</em></code>:
</b>an empty item that aligns
8703 according to option
<code>op
</code>
8704 (which is otherwise ignored)
</li>
8705 <li><b>'
<code> </code>':
</b>(empty space) ignored
</li>
8707 (A
"<code>[<em>n</em>]</code>" means an optional integral numeral.)
8708 Except for padding, spaces, and configurations
8709 (options
"<code>xX <=>!</code>"),
8710 each option corresponds to an argument (in
<a href=
"#pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack
</code></a>)
8711 or a result (in
<a href=
"#pdf-string.unpack"><code>string.unpack
</code></a>).
8715 For options
"<code>!<em>n</em></code>",
"<code>s<em>n</em></code>",
"<code>i<em>n</em></code>", and
"<code>I<em>n</em></code>",
8716 <code>n
</code> can be any integer between
1 and
16.
8717 All integral options check overflows;
8718 <a href=
"#pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack
</code></a> checks whether the given value fits in the given size;
8719 <a href=
"#pdf-string.unpack"><code>string.unpack
</code></a> checks whether the read value fits in a Lua integer.
8723 Any format string starts as if prefixed by
"<code>!1=</code>",
8725 with maximum alignment of
1 (no alignment)
8726 and native endianness.
8730 Alignment works as follows:
8732 the format gets extra padding until the data starts
8733 at an offset that is a multiple of the minimum between the
8734 option size and the maximum alignment;
8735 this minimum must be a power of
2.
8736 Options
"<code>c</code>" and
"<code>z</code>" are not aligned;
8737 option
"<code>s</code>" follows the alignment of its starting integer.
8741 All padding is filled with zeros by
<a href=
"#pdf-string.pack"><code>string.pack
</code></a>
8742 (and ignored by
<a href=
"#pdf-string.unpack"><code>string.unpack
</code></a>).
8750 <h2>6.5 – <a name=
"6.5">UTF-
8 Support
</a></h2>
8753 This library provides basic support for UTF-
8 encoding.
8754 It provides all its functions inside the table
<a name=
"pdf-utf8"><code>utf8
</code></a>.
8755 This library does not provide any support for Unicode other
8756 than the handling of the encoding.
8757 Any operation that needs the meaning of a character,
8758 such as character classification, is outside its scope.
8762 Unless stated otherwise,
8763 all functions that expect a byte position as a parameter
8764 assume that the given position is either the start of a byte sequence
8765 or one plus the length of the subject string.
8766 As in the string library,
8767 negative indices count from the end of the string.
8771 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-utf8.char"><code>utf8.char (
···)
</code></a></h3>
8772 Receives zero or more integers,
8773 converts each one to its corresponding UTF-
8 byte sequence
8774 and returns a string with the concatenation of all these sequences.
8780 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-utf8.charpattern"><code>utf8.charpattern
</code></a></h3>
8781 The pattern (a string, not a function)
"<code>[\0-\x7F\xC2-\xF4][\x80-\xBF]*</code>"
8782 (see
<a href=
"#6.4.1">§6.4.1</a>),
8783 which matches exactly one UTF-
8 byte sequence,
8784 assuming that the subject is a valid UTF-
8 string.
8790 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-utf8.codes"><code>utf8.codes (s)
</code></a></h3>
8794 Returns values so that the construction
8797 for p, c in utf8.codes(s) do
<em>body
</em> end
8799 will iterate over all characters in string
<code>s
</code>,
8800 with
<code>p
</code> being the position (in bytes) and
<code>c
</code> the code point
8802 It raises an error if it meets any invalid byte sequence.
8808 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-utf8.codepoint"><code>utf8.codepoint (s [, i [, j]])
</code></a></h3>
8809 Returns the codepoints (as integers) from all characters in
<code>s
</code>
8810 that start between byte position
<code>i
</code> and
<code>j
</code> (both included).
8811 The default for
<code>i
</code> is
1 and for
<code>j
</code> is
<code>i
</code>.
8812 It raises an error if it meets any invalid byte sequence.
8818 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-utf8.len"><code>utf8.len (s [, i [, j]])
</code></a></h3>
8819 Returns the number of UTF-
8 characters in string
<code>s
</code>
8820 that start between positions
<code>i
</code> and
<code>j
</code> (both inclusive).
8821 The default for
<code>i
</code> is
1 and for
<code>j
</code> is -
1.
8822 If it finds any invalid byte sequence,
8823 returns a false value plus the position of the first invalid byte.
8829 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-utf8.offset"><code>utf8.offset (s, n [, i])
</code></a></h3>
8830 Returns the position (in bytes) where the encoding of the
8831 <code>n
</code>-th character of
<code>s
</code>
8832 (counting from position
<code>i
</code>) starts.
8833 A negative
<code>n
</code> gets characters before position
<code>i
</code>.
8834 The default for
<code>i
</code> is
1 when
<code>n
</code> is non-negative
8835 and
<code>#s +
1</code> otherwise,
8836 so that
<code>utf8.offset(s, -n)
</code> gets the offset of the
8837 <code>n
</code>-th character from the end of the string.
8838 If the specified character is neither in the subject
8839 nor right after its end,
8840 the function returns
<b>nil
</b>.
8845 when
<code>n
</code> is
0 the function returns the start of the encoding
8846 of the character that contains the
<code>i
</code>-th byte of
<code>s
</code>.
8850 This function assumes that
<code>s
</code> is a valid UTF-
8 string.
8858 <h2>6.6 – <a name=
"6.6">Table Manipulation
</a></h2>
8861 This library provides generic functions for table manipulation.
8862 It provides all its functions inside the table
<a name=
"pdf-table"><code>table
</code></a>.
8866 Remember that, whenever an operation needs the length of a table,
8867 the table must be a proper sequence
8868 or have a
<code>__len
</code> metamethod (see
<a href=
"#3.4.7">§3.4.7</a>).
8869 All functions ignore non-numeric keys
8870 in the tables given as arguments.
8874 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.concat"><code>table.concat (list [, sep [, i [, j]]])
</code></a></h3>
8878 Given a list where all elements are strings or numbers,
8879 returns the string
<code>list[i]..sep..list[i+
1]
··· sep..list[j]
</code>.
8880 The default value for
<code>sep
</code> is the empty string,
8881 the default for
<code>i
</code> is
1,
8882 and the default for
<code>j
</code> is
<code>#list
</code>.
8883 If
<code>i
</code> is greater than
<code>j
</code>, returns the empty string.
8889 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.insert"><code>table.insert (list, [pos,] value)
</code></a></h3>
8893 Inserts element
<code>value
</code> at position
<code>pos
</code> in
<code>list
</code>,
8894 shifting up the elements
8895 <code>list[pos], list[pos+
1],
···, list[#list]
</code>.
8896 The default value for
<code>pos
</code> is
<code>#list+
1</code>,
8897 so that a call
<code>table.insert(t,x)
</code> inserts
<code>x
</code> at the end
8898 of list
<code>t
</code>.
8904 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.move"><code>table.move (a1, f, e, t [,a2])
</code></a></h3>
8908 Moves elements from table
<code>a1
</code> to table
<code>a2
</code>.
8909 This function performs the equivalent to the following
8910 multiple assignment:
8911 <code>a2[t],
··· = a1[f],
···,a1[e]
</code>.
8912 The default for
<code>a2
</code> is
<code>a1
</code>.
8913 The destination range can overlap with the source range.
8914 The number of elements to be moved must fit in a Lua integer.
8920 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.pack"><code>table.pack (
···)
</code></a></h3>
8924 Returns a new table with all parameters stored into keys
1,
2, etc.
8925 and with a field
"<code>n</code>" with the total number of parameters.
8926 Note that the resulting table may not be a sequence.
8932 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.remove"><code>table.remove (list [, pos])
</code></a></h3>
8936 Removes from
<code>list
</code> the element at position
<code>pos
</code>,
8937 returning the value of the removed element.
8938 When
<code>pos
</code> is an integer between
1 and
<code>#list
</code>,
8939 it shifts down the elements
8940 <code>list[pos+
1], list[pos+
2],
···, list[#list]
</code>
8941 and erases element
<code>list[#list]
</code>;
8942 The index
<code>pos
</code> can also be
0 when
<code>#list
</code> is
0,
8943 or
<code>#list +
1</code>;
8944 in those cases, the function erases the element
<code>list[pos]
</code>.
8948 The default value for
<code>pos
</code> is
<code>#list
</code>,
8949 so that a call
<code>table.remove(l)
</code> removes the last element
8950 of list
<code>l
</code>.
8956 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.sort"><code>table.sort (list [, comp])
</code></a></h3>
8960 Sorts list elements in a given order,
<em>in-place
</em>,
8961 from
<code>list[
1]
</code> to
<code>list[#list]
</code>.
8962 If
<code>comp
</code> is given,
8963 then it must be a function that receives two list elements
8964 and returns true when the first element must come
8965 before the second in the final order
8966 (so that
<code>not comp(list[i+
1],list[i])
</code> will be true after the sort).
8967 If
<code>comp
</code> is not given,
8968 then the standard Lua operator
<code><</code> is used instead.
8972 The sort algorithm is not stable;
8973 that is, elements considered equal by the given order
8974 may have their relative positions changed by the sort.
8980 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-table.unpack"><code>table.unpack (list [, i [, j]])
</code></a></h3>
8984 Returns the elements from the given list.
8985 This function is equivalent to
8988 return list[i], list[i+
1],
···, list[j]
8990 By default,
<code>i
</code> is
1 and
<code>j
</code> is
<code>#list
</code>.
8998 <h2>6.7 – <a name=
"6.7">Mathematical Functions
</a></h2>
9001 This library provides basic mathematical functions.
9002 It provides all its functions and constants inside the table
<a name=
"pdf-math"><code>math
</code></a>.
9003 Functions with the annotation
"<code>integer/float</code>" give
9004 integer results for integer arguments
9005 and float results for float (or mixed) arguments.
9007 (
<a href=
"#pdf-math.ceil"><code>math.ceil
</code></a>,
<a href=
"#pdf-math.floor"><code>math.floor
</code></a>, and
<a href=
"#pdf-math.modf"><code>math.modf
</code></a>)
9008 return an integer when the result fits in the range of an integer,
9009 or a float otherwise.
9013 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.abs"><code>math.abs (x)
</code></a></h3>
9017 Returns the absolute value of
<code>x
</code>. (integer/float)
9023 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.acos"><code>math.acos (x)
</code></a></h3>
9027 Returns the arc cosine of
<code>x
</code> (in radians).
9033 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.asin"><code>math.asin (x)
</code></a></h3>
9037 Returns the arc sine of
<code>x
</code> (in radians).
9043 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.atan"><code>math.atan (y [, x])
</code></a></h3>
9048 Returns the arc tangent of
<code>y/x
</code> (in radians),
9049 but uses the signs of both parameters to find the
9050 quadrant of the result.
9051 (It also handles correctly the case of
<code>x
</code> being zero.)
9055 The default value for
<code>x
</code> is
1,
9056 so that the call
<code>math.atan(y)
</code>
9057 returns the arc tangent of
<code>y
</code>.
9063 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.ceil"><code>math.ceil (x)
</code></a></h3>
9067 Returns the smallest integral value larger than or equal to
<code>x
</code>.
9073 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.cos"><code>math.cos (x)
</code></a></h3>
9077 Returns the cosine of
<code>x
</code> (assumed to be in radians).
9083 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.deg"><code>math.deg (x)
</code></a></h3>
9087 Converts the angle
<code>x
</code> from radians to degrees.
9093 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.exp"><code>math.exp (x)
</code></a></h3>
9097 Returns the value
<em>e
<sup>x
</sup></em>
9098 (where
<code>e
</code> is the base of natural logarithms).
9104 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.floor"><code>math.floor (x)
</code></a></h3>
9108 Returns the largest integral value smaller than or equal to
<code>x
</code>.
9114 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.fmod"><code>math.fmod (x, y)
</code></a></h3>
9118 Returns the remainder of the division of
<code>x
</code> by
<code>y
</code>
9119 that rounds the quotient towards zero. (integer/float)
9125 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.huge"><code>math.huge
</code></a></h3>
9129 The float value
<code>HUGE_VAL
</code>,
9130 a value larger than any other numeric value.
9136 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.log"><code>math.log (x [, base])
</code></a></h3>
9140 Returns the logarithm of
<code>x
</code> in the given base.
9141 The default for
<code>base
</code> is
<em>e
</em>
9142 (so that the function returns the natural logarithm of
<code>x
</code>).
9148 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.max"><code>math.max (x,
···)
</code></a></h3>
9152 Returns the argument with the maximum value,
9153 according to the Lua operator
<code><</code>. (integer/float)
9159 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.maxinteger"><code>math.maxinteger
</code></a></h3>
9160 An integer with the maximum value for an integer.
9166 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.min"><code>math.min (x,
···)
</code></a></h3>
9170 Returns the argument with the minimum value,
9171 according to the Lua operator
<code><</code>. (integer/float)
9177 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.mininteger"><code>math.mininteger
</code></a></h3>
9178 An integer with the minimum value for an integer.
9184 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.modf"><code>math.modf (x)
</code></a></h3>
9188 Returns the integral part of
<code>x
</code> and the fractional part of
<code>x
</code>.
9189 Its second result is always a float.
9195 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.pi"><code>math.pi
</code></a></h3>
9199 The value of
<em>π</em>.
9205 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.rad"><code>math.rad (x)
</code></a></h3>
9209 Converts the angle
<code>x
</code> from degrees to radians.
9215 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.random"><code>math.random ([m [, n]])
</code></a></h3>
9219 When called without arguments,
9220 returns a pseudo-random float with uniform distribution
9221 in the range
<em>[
0,
1)
</em>.
9222 When called with two integers
<code>m
</code> and
<code>n
</code>,
9223 <code>math.random
</code> returns a pseudo-random integer
9224 with uniform distribution in the range
<em>[m, n]
</em>.
9225 (The value
<em>m-n
</em> cannot be negative and must fit in a Lua integer.)
9226 The call
<code>math.random(n)
</code> is equivalent to
<code>math.random(
1,n)
</code>.
9230 This function is an interface to the underling
9231 pseudo-random generator function provided by C.
9232 No guarantees can be given for its statistical properties.
9238 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.randomseed"><code>math.randomseed (x)
</code></a></h3>
9242 Sets
<code>x
</code> as the
"seed"
9243 for the pseudo-random generator:
9244 equal seeds produce equal sequences of numbers.
9250 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.sin"><code>math.sin (x)
</code></a></h3>
9254 Returns the sine of
<code>x
</code> (assumed to be in radians).
9260 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.sqrt"><code>math.sqrt (x)
</code></a></h3>
9264 Returns the square root of
<code>x
</code>.
9265 (You can also use the expression
<code>x^
0.5</code> to compute this value.)
9271 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.tan"><code>math.tan (x)
</code></a></h3>
9275 Returns the tangent of
<code>x
</code> (assumed to be in radians).
9281 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.tointeger"><code>math.tointeger (x)
</code></a></h3>
9285 If the value
<code>x
</code> is convertible to an integer,
9286 returns that integer.
9287 Otherwise, returns
<b>nil
</b>.
9293 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.type"><code>math.type (x)
</code></a></h3>
9297 Returns
"<code>integer</code>" if
<code>x
</code> is an integer,
9298 "<code>float</code>" if it is a float,
9299 or
<b>nil
</b> if
<code>x
</code> is not a number.
9305 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-math.ult"><code>math.ult (m, n)
</code></a></h3>
9310 true if integer
<code>m
</code> is below integer
<code>n
</code> when
9311 they are compared as unsigned integers.
9319 <h2>6.8 – <a name=
"6.8">Input and Output Facilities
</a></h2>
9322 The I/O library provides two different styles for file manipulation.
9323 The first one uses implicit file handles;
9324 that is, there are operations to set a default input file and a
9325 default output file,
9326 and all input/output operations are over these default files.
9327 The second style uses explicit file handles.
9331 When using implicit file handles,
9332 all operations are supplied by table
<a name=
"pdf-io"><code>io
</code></a>.
9333 When using explicit file handles,
9334 the operation
<a href=
"#pdf-io.open"><code>io.open
</code></a> returns a file handle
9335 and then all operations are supplied as methods of the file handle.
9339 The table
<code>io
</code> also provides
9340 three predefined file handles with their usual meanings from C:
9341 <a name=
"pdf-io.stdin"><code>io.stdin
</code></a>,
<a name=
"pdf-io.stdout"><code>io.stdout
</code></a>, and
<a name=
"pdf-io.stderr"><code>io.stderr
</code></a>.
9342 The I/O library never closes these files.
9346 Unless otherwise stated,
9347 all I/O functions return
<b>nil
</b> on failure
9348 (plus an error message as a second result and
9349 a system-dependent error code as a third result)
9350 and some value different from
<b>nil
</b> on success.
9351 On non-POSIX systems,
9352 the computation of the error message and error code
9354 may be not thread safe,
9355 because they rely on the global C variable
<code>errno
</code>.
9359 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.close"><code>io.close ([file])
</code></a></h3>
9363 Equivalent to
<code>file:close()
</code>.
9364 Without a
<code>file
</code>, closes the default output file.
9370 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush ()
</code></a></h3>
9374 Equivalent to
<code>io.output():flush()
</code>.
9380 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.input"><code>io.input ([file])
</code></a></h3>
9384 When called with a file name, it opens the named file (in text mode),
9385 and sets its handle as the default input file.
9386 When called with a file handle,
9387 it simply sets this file handle as the default input file.
9388 When called without parameters,
9389 it returns the current default input file.
9393 In case of errors this function raises the error,
9394 instead of returning an error code.
9400 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines ([filename
···])
</code></a></h3>
9404 Opens the given file name in read mode
9405 and returns an iterator function that
9406 works like
<code>file:lines(
···)
</code> over the opened file.
9407 When the iterator function detects the end of file,
9408 it returns no values (to finish the loop) and automatically closes the file.
9412 The call
<code>io.lines()
</code> (with no file name) is equivalent
9413 to
<code>io.input():lines(
"*l")
</code>;
9414 that is, it iterates over the lines of the default input file.
9415 In this case it does not close the file when the loop ends.
9419 In case of errors this function raises the error,
9420 instead of returning an error code.
9426 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.open"><code>io.open (filename [, mode])
</code></a></h3>
9430 This function opens a file,
9431 in the mode specified in the string
<code>mode
</code>.
9432 It returns a new file handle,
9433 or, in case of errors,
<b>nil
</b> plus an error message.
9437 The
<code>mode
</code> string can be any of the following:
9440 <li><b>"<code>r</code>":
</b> read mode (the default);
</li>
9441 <li><b>"<code>w</code>":
</b> write mode;
</li>
9442 <li><b>"<code>a</code>":
</b> append mode;
</li>
9443 <li><b>"<code>r+</code>":
</b> update mode, all previous data is preserved;
</li>
9444 <li><b>"<code>w+</code>":
</b> update mode, all previous data is erased;
</li>
9445 <li><b>"<code>a+</code>":
</b> append update mode, previous data is preserved,
9446 writing is only allowed at the end of file.
</li>
9448 The
<code>mode
</code> string can also have a '
<code>b
</code>' at the end,
9449 which is needed in some systems to open the file in binary mode.
9455 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.output"><code>io.output ([file])
</code></a></h3>
9459 Similar to
<a href=
"#pdf-io.input"><code>io.input
</code></a>, but operates over the default output file.
9465 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.popen"><code>io.popen (prog [, mode])
</code></a></h3>
9469 This function is system dependent and is not available
9474 Starts program
<code>prog
</code> in a separated process and returns
9475 a file handle that you can use to read data from this program
9476 (if
<code>mode
</code> is
<code>"r"</code>, the default)
9477 or to write data to this program
9478 (if
<code>mode
</code> is
<code>"w"</code>).
9484 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.read"><code>io.read (
···)
</code></a></h3>
9488 Equivalent to
<code>io.input():read(
···)
</code>.
9494 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile ()
</code></a></h3>
9498 Returns a handle for a temporary file.
9499 This file is opened in update mode
9500 and it is automatically removed when the program ends.
9506 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.type"><code>io.type (obj)
</code></a></h3>
9510 Checks whether
<code>obj
</code> is a valid file handle.
9511 Returns the string
<code>"file"</code> if
<code>obj
</code> is an open file handle,
9512 <code>"closed file"</code> if
<code>obj
</code> is a closed file handle,
9513 or
<b>nil
</b> if
<code>obj
</code> is not a file handle.
9519 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-io.write"><code>io.write (
···)
</code></a></h3>
9523 Equivalent to
<code>io.output():write(
···)
</code>.
9529 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:close"><code>file:close ()
</code></a></h3>
9533 Closes
<code>file
</code>.
9534 Note that files are automatically closed when
9535 their handles are garbage collected,
9536 but that takes an unpredictable amount of time to happen.
9540 When closing a file handle created with
<a href=
"#pdf-io.popen"><code>io.popen
</code></a>,
9541 <a href=
"#pdf-file:close"><code>file:close
</code></a> returns the same values
9542 returned by
<a href=
"#pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute
</code></a>.
9548 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:flush"><code>file:flush ()
</code></a></h3>
9552 Saves any written data to
<code>file
</code>.
9558 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:lines"><code>file:lines (
···)
</code></a></h3>
9562 Returns an iterator function that,
9563 each time it is called,
9564 reads the file according to the given formats.
9565 When no format is given,
9566 uses
"<code>l</code>" as a default.
9567 As an example, the construction
9570 for c in file:lines(
1) do
<em>body
</em> end
9572 will iterate over all characters of the file,
9573 starting at the current position.
9574 Unlike
<a href=
"#pdf-io.lines"><code>io.lines
</code></a>, this function does not close the file
9579 In case of errors this function raises the error,
9580 instead of returning an error code.
9586 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:read"><code>file:read (
···)
</code></a></h3>
9590 Reads the file
<code>file
</code>,
9591 according to the given formats, which specify what to read.
9593 the function returns a string or a number with the characters read,
9594 or
<b>nil
</b> if it cannot read data with the specified format.
9595 (In this latter case,
9596 the function does not read subsequent formats.)
9597 When called without formats,
9598 it uses a default format that reads the next line
9603 The available formats are
9607 <li><b>"<code>n</code>":
</b>
9608 reads a numeral and returns it as a float or an integer,
9609 following the lexical conventions of Lua.
9610 (The numeral may have leading spaces and a sign.)
9611 This format always reads the longest input sequence that
9612 is a valid prefix for a numeral;
9613 if that prefix does not form a valid numeral
9614 (e.g., an empty string,
"<code>0x</code>", or
"<code>3.4e-</code>"),
9615 it is discarded and the function returns
<b>nil
</b>.
9618 <li><b>"<code>a</code>":
</b>
9619 reads the whole file, starting at the current position.
9620 On end of file, it returns the empty string.
9623 <li><b>"<code>l</code>":
</b>
9624 reads the next line skipping the end of line,
9625 returning
<b>nil
</b> on end of file.
9626 This is the default format.
9629 <li><b>"<code>L</code>":
</b>
9630 reads the next line keeping the end-of-line character (if present),
9631 returning
<b>nil
</b> on end of file.
9634 <li><b><em>number
</em>:
</b>
9635 reads a string with up to this number of bytes,
9636 returning
<b>nil
</b> on end of file.
9637 If
<code>number
</code> is zero,
9638 it reads nothing and returns an empty string,
9639 or
<b>nil
</b> on end of file.
9643 The formats
"<code>l</code>" and
"<code>L</code>" should be used only for text files.
9649 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:seek"><code>file:seek ([whence [, offset]])
</code></a></h3>
9653 Sets and gets the file position,
9654 measured from the beginning of the file,
9655 to the position given by
<code>offset
</code> plus a base
9656 specified by the string
<code>whence
</code>, as follows:
9659 <li><b>"<code>set</code>":
</b> base is position
0 (beginning of the file);
</li>
9660 <li><b>"<code>cur</code>":
</b> base is current position;
</li>
9661 <li><b>"<code>end</code>":
</b> base is end of file;
</li>
9663 In case of success,
<code>seek
</code> returns the final file position,
9664 measured in bytes from the beginning of the file.
9665 If
<code>seek
</code> fails, it returns
<b>nil
</b>,
9666 plus a string describing the error.
9670 The default value for
<code>whence
</code> is
<code>"cur"</code>,
9671 and for
<code>offset
</code> is
0.
9672 Therefore, the call
<code>file:seek()
</code> returns the current
9673 file position, without changing it;
9674 the call
<code>file:seek(
"set")
</code> sets the position to the
9675 beginning of the file (and returns
0);
9676 and the call
<code>file:seek(
"end")
</code> sets the position to the
9677 end of the file, and returns its size.
9683 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:setvbuf"><code>file:setvbuf (mode [, size])
</code></a></h3>
9687 Sets the buffering mode for an output file.
9688 There are three available modes:
9692 <li><b>"<code>no</code>":
</b>
9693 no buffering; the result of any output operation appears immediately.
9696 <li><b>"<code>full</code>":
</b>
9697 full buffering; output operation is performed only
9698 when the buffer is full or when
9699 you explicitly
<code>flush
</code> the file (see
<a href=
"#pdf-io.flush"><code>io.flush
</code></a>).
9702 <li><b>"<code>line</code>":
</b>
9703 line buffering; output is buffered until a newline is output
9704 or there is any input from some special files
9705 (such as a terminal device).
9709 For the last two cases,
<code>size
</code>
9710 specifies the size of the buffer, in bytes.
9711 The default is an appropriate size.
9717 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-file:write"><code>file:write (
···)
</code></a></h3>
9721 Writes the value of each of its arguments to
<code>file
</code>.
9722 The arguments must be strings or numbers.
9726 In case of success, this function returns
<code>file
</code>.
9727 Otherwise it returns
<b>nil
</b> plus a string describing the error.
9735 <h2>6.9 – <a name=
"6.9">Operating System Facilities
</a></h2>
9738 This library is implemented through table
<a name=
"pdf-os"><code>os
</code></a>.
9742 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.clock"><code>os.clock ()
</code></a></h3>
9746 Returns an approximation of the amount in seconds of CPU time
9747 used by the program.
9753 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.date"><code>os.date ([format [, time]])
</code></a></h3>
9757 Returns a string or a table containing date and time,
9758 formatted according to the given string
<code>format
</code>.
9762 If the
<code>time
</code> argument is present,
9763 this is the time to be formatted
9764 (see the
<a href=
"#pdf-os.time"><code>os.time
</code></a> function for a description of this value).
9765 Otherwise,
<code>date
</code> formats the current time.
9769 If
<code>format
</code> starts with '
<code>!
</code>',
9770 then the date is formatted in Coordinated Universal Time.
9771 After this optional character,
9772 if
<code>format
</code> is the string
"<code>*t</code>",
9773 then
<code>date
</code> returns a table with the following fields:
9774 <code>year
</code> (four digits),
<code>month
</code> (
1–12),
<code>day
</code> (
1–31),
9775 <code>hour
</code> (
0–23),
<code>min
</code> (
0–59),
<code>sec
</code> (
0–61),
9776 <code>wday
</code> (weekday, Sunday is
1),
9777 <code>yday
</code> (day of the year),
9778 and
<code>isdst
</code> (daylight saving flag, a boolean).
9779 This last field may be absent
9780 if the information is not available.
9784 If
<code>format
</code> is not
"<code>*t</code>",
9785 then
<code>date
</code> returns the date as a string,
9786 formatted according to the same rules as the ISO
C function
<code>strftime
</code>.
9790 When called without arguments,
9791 <code>date
</code> returns a reasonable date and time representation that depends on
9792 the host system and on the current locale
9793 (that is,
<code>os.date()
</code> is equivalent to
<code>os.date(
"%c")
</code>).
9797 On non-POSIX systems,
9798 this function may be not thread safe
9799 because of its reliance on C
function
<code>gmtime
</code> and C
function
<code>localtime
</code>.
9805 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.difftime"><code>os.difftime (t2, t1)
</code></a></h3>
9809 Returns the difference, in seconds,
9810 from time
<code>t1
</code> to time
<code>t2
</code>
9811 (where the times are values returned by
<a href=
"#pdf-os.time"><code>os.time
</code></a>).
9812 In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems,
9813 this value is exactly
<code>t2
</code><em>-
</em><code>t1
</code>.
9819 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.execute"><code>os.execute ([command])
</code></a></h3>
9823 This function is equivalent to the ISO
C function
<code>system
</code>.
9824 It passes
<code>command
</code> to be executed by an operating system shell.
9825 Its first result is
<b>true
</b>
9826 if the command terminated successfully,
9827 or
<b>nil
</b> otherwise.
9828 After this first result
9829 the function returns a string plus a number,
9834 <li><b>"<code>exit</code>":
</b>
9835 the command terminated normally;
9836 the following number is the exit status of the command.
9839 <li><b>"<code>signal</code>":
</b>
9840 the command was terminated by a signal;
9841 the following number is the signal that terminated the command.
9847 When called without a
<code>command
</code>,
9848 <code>os.execute
</code> returns a boolean that is true if a shell is available.
9854 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.exit"><code>os.exit ([code [, close]])
</code></a></h3>
9858 Calls the ISO
C function
<code>exit
</code> to terminate the host program.
9859 If
<code>code
</code> is
<b>true
</b>,
9860 the returned status is
<code>EXIT_SUCCESS
</code>;
9861 if
<code>code
</code> is
<b>false
</b>,
9862 the returned status is
<code>EXIT_FAILURE
</code>;
9863 if
<code>code
</code> is a number,
9864 the returned status is this number.
9865 The default value for
<code>code
</code> is
<b>true
</b>.
9869 If the optional second argument
<code>close
</code> is true,
9870 closes the Lua state before exiting.
9876 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.getenv"><code>os.getenv (varname)
</code></a></h3>
9880 Returns the value of the process environment variable
<code>varname
</code>,
9881 or
<b>nil
</b> if the variable is not defined.
9887 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.remove"><code>os.remove (filename)
</code></a></h3>
9891 Deletes the file (or empty directory, on POSIX systems)
9892 with the given name.
9893 If this function fails, it returns
<b>nil
</b>,
9894 plus a string describing the error and the error code.
9900 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.rename"><code>os.rename (oldname, newname)
</code></a></h3>
9904 Renames file or directory named
<code>oldname
</code> to
<code>newname
</code>.
9905 If this function fails, it returns
<b>nil
</b>,
9906 plus a string describing the error and the error code.
9912 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.setlocale"><code>os.setlocale (locale [, category])
</code></a></h3>
9916 Sets the current locale of the program.
9917 <code>locale
</code> is a system-dependent string specifying a locale;
9918 <code>category
</code> is an optional string describing which category to change:
9919 <code>"all"</code>,
<code>"collate"</code>,
<code>"ctype"</code>,
9920 <code>"monetary"</code>,
<code>"numeric"</code>, or
<code>"time"</code>;
9921 the default category is
<code>"all"</code>.
9922 The function returns the name of the new locale,
9923 or
<b>nil
</b> if the request cannot be honored.
9927 If
<code>locale
</code> is the empty string,
9928 the current locale is set to an implementation-defined native locale.
9929 If
<code>locale
</code> is the string
"<code>C</code>",
9930 the current locale is set to the standard C locale.
9934 When called with
<b>nil
</b> as the first argument,
9935 this function only returns the name of the current locale
9936 for the given category.
9940 This function may be not thread safe
9941 because of its reliance on C
function
<code>setlocale
</code>.
9947 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.time"><code>os.time ([table])
</code></a></h3>
9951 Returns the current time when called without arguments,
9952 or a time representing the local date and time specified by the given table.
9953 This table must have fields
<code>year
</code>,
<code>month
</code>, and
<code>day
</code>,
9955 <code>hour
</code> (default is
12),
9956 <code>min
</code> (default is
0),
9957 <code>sec
</code> (default is
0),
9958 and
<code>isdst
</code> (default is
<b>nil
</b>).
9959 Other fields are ignored.
9960 For a description of these fields, see the
<a href=
"#pdf-os.date"><code>os.date
</code></a> function.
9964 The values in these fields do not need to be inside their valid ranges.
9965 For instance, if
<code>sec
</code> is -
10,
9966 it means -
10 seconds from the time specified by the other fields;
9967 if
<code>hour
</code> is
1000,
9968 it means +
1000 hours from the time specified by the other fields.
9972 The returned value is a number, whose meaning depends on your system.
9973 In POSIX, Windows, and some other systems,
9974 this number counts the number
9975 of seconds since some given start time (the
"epoch").
9976 In other systems, the meaning is not specified,
9977 and the number returned by
<code>time
</code> can be used only as an argument to
9978 <a href=
"#pdf-os.date"><code>os.date
</code></a> and
<a href=
"#pdf-os.difftime"><code>os.difftime
</code></a>.
9984 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-os.tmpname"><code>os.tmpname ()
</code></a></h3>
9988 Returns a string with a file name that can
9989 be used for a temporary file.
9990 The file must be explicitly opened before its use
9991 and explicitly removed when no longer needed.
9996 this function also creates a file with that name,
9997 to avoid security risks.
9998 (Someone else might create the file with wrong permissions
9999 in the time between getting the name and creating the file.)
10000 You still have to open the file to use it
10001 and to remove it (even if you do not use it).
10006 you may prefer to use
<a href=
"#pdf-io.tmpfile"><code>io.tmpfile
</code></a>,
10007 which automatically removes the file when the program ends.
10015 <h2>6.10 – <a name=
"6.10">The Debug Library
</a></h2>
10018 This library provides
10019 the functionality of the debug interface (
<a href=
"#4.9">§4.9</a>) to Lua programs.
10020 You should exert care when using this library.
10021 Several of its functions
10022 violate basic assumptions about Lua code
10023 (e.g., that variables local to a function
10024 cannot be accessed from outside;
10025 that userdata metatables cannot be changed by Lua code;
10026 that Lua programs do not crash)
10027 and therefore can compromise otherwise secure code.
10028 Moreover, some functions in this library may be slow.
10032 All functions in this library are provided
10033 inside the
<a name=
"pdf-debug"><code>debug
</code></a> table.
10034 All functions that operate over a thread
10035 have an optional first argument which is the
10036 thread to operate over.
10037 The default is always the current thread.
10041 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.debug"><code>debug.debug ()
</code></a></h3>
10045 Enters an interactive mode with the user,
10046 running each string that the user enters.
10047 Using simple commands and other debug facilities,
10048 the user can inspect global and local variables,
10049 change their values, evaluate expressions, and so on.
10050 A line containing only the word
<code>cont
</code> finishes this function,
10051 so that the caller continues its execution.
10055 Note that commands for
<code>debug.debug
</code> are not lexically nested
10056 within any function and so have no direct access to local variables.
10062 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.gethook"><code>debug.gethook ([thread])
</code></a></h3>
10066 Returns the current hook settings of the thread, as three values:
10067 the current hook function, the current hook mask,
10068 and the current hook count
10069 (as set by the
<a href=
"#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook
</code></a> function).
10075 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo ([thread,] f [, what])
</code></a></h3>
10079 Returns a table with information about a function.
10080 You can give the function directly
10081 or you can give a number as the value of
<code>f
</code>,
10082 which means the function running at level
<code>f
</code> of the call stack
10083 of the given thread:
10084 level
0 is the current function (
<code>getinfo
</code> itself);
10085 level
1 is the function that called
<code>getinfo
</code>
10086 (except for tail calls, which do not count on the stack);
10088 If
<code>f
</code> is a number larger than the number of active functions,
10089 then
<code>getinfo
</code> returns
<b>nil
</b>.
10093 The returned table can contain all the fields returned by
<a href=
"#lua_getinfo"><code>lua_getinfo
</code></a>,
10094 with the string
<code>what
</code> describing which fields to fill in.
10095 The default for
<code>what
</code> is to get all information available,
10096 except the table of valid lines.
10098 the option '
<code>f
</code>'
10099 adds a field named
<code>func
</code> with the function itself.
10101 the option '
<code>L
</code>'
10102 adds a field named
<code>activelines
</code> with the table of
10107 For instance, the expression
<code>debug.getinfo(
1,
"n").name
</code> returns
10108 a name for the current function,
10109 if a reasonable name can be found,
10110 and the expression
<code>debug.getinfo(print)
</code>
10111 returns a table with all available information
10112 about the
<a href=
"#pdf-print"><code>print
</code></a> function.
10118 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal ([thread,] f, local)
</code></a></h3>
10122 This function returns the name and the value of the local variable
10123 with index
<code>local
</code> of the function at level
<code>f
</code> of the stack.
10124 This function accesses not only explicit local variables,
10125 but also parameters, temporaries, etc.
10129 The first parameter or local variable has index
1, and so on,
10130 following the order that they are declared in the code,
10131 counting only the variables that are active
10132 in the current scope of the function.
10133 Negative indices refer to vararg parameters;
10134 -
1 is the first vararg parameter.
10135 The function returns
<b>nil
</b> if there is no variable with the given index,
10136 and raises an error when called with a level out of range.
10137 (You can call
<a href=
"#pdf-debug.getinfo"><code>debug.getinfo
</code></a> to check whether the level is valid.)
10141 Variable names starting with '
<code>(
</code>' (open parenthesis)
10142 represent variables with no known names
10143 (internal variables such as loop control variables,
10144 and variables from chunks saved without debug information).
10148 The parameter
<code>f
</code> may also be a function.
10149 In that case,
<code>getlocal
</code> returns only the name of function parameters.
10155 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.getmetatable"><code>debug.getmetatable (value)
</code></a></h3>
10159 Returns the metatable of the given
<code>value
</code>
10160 or
<b>nil
</b> if it does not have a metatable.
10166 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.getregistry"><code>debug.getregistry ()
</code></a></h3>
10170 Returns the registry table (see
<a href=
"#4.5">§4.5</a>).
10176 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.getupvalue"><code>debug.getupvalue (f, up)
</code></a></h3>
10180 This function returns the name and the value of the upvalue
10181 with index
<code>up
</code> of the function
<code>f
</code>.
10182 The function returns
<b>nil
</b> if there is no upvalue with the given index.
10186 Variable names starting with '
<code>(
</code>' (open parenthesis)
10187 represent variables with no known names
10188 (variables from chunks saved without debug information).
10194 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.getuservalue"><code>debug.getuservalue (u)
</code></a></h3>
10198 Returns the Lua value associated to
<code>u
</code>.
10199 If
<code>u
</code> is not a userdata,
10200 returns
<b>nil
</b>.
10206 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook ([thread,] hook, mask [, count])
</code></a></h3>
10210 Sets the given function as a hook.
10211 The string
<code>mask
</code> and the number
<code>count
</code> describe
10212 when the hook will be called.
10213 The string mask may have any combination of the following characters,
10214 with the given meaning:
10217 <li><b>'
<code>c
</code>':
</b> the hook is called every time Lua calls a function;
</li>
10218 <li><b>'
<code>r
</code>':
</b> the hook is called every time Lua returns from a function;
</li>
10219 <li><b>'
<code>l
</code>':
</b> the hook is called every time Lua enters a new line of code.
</li>
10222 with a
<code>count
</code> different from zero,
10223 the hook is called also after every
<code>count
</code> instructions.
10227 When called without arguments,
10228 <a href=
"#pdf-debug.sethook"><code>debug.sethook
</code></a> turns off the hook.
10232 When the hook is called, its first parameter is a string
10233 describing the event that has triggered its call:
10234 <code>"call"</code> (or
<code>"tail call"</code>),
10235 <code>"return"</code>,
10236 <code>"line"</code>, and
<code>"count"</code>.
10238 the hook also gets the new line number as its second parameter.
10240 you can call
<code>getinfo
</code> with level
2 to get more information about
10241 the running function
10242 (level
0 is the
<code>getinfo
</code> function,
10243 and level
1 is the hook function).
10249 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.setlocal"><code>debug.setlocal ([thread,] level, local, value)
</code></a></h3>
10253 This function assigns the value
<code>value
</code> to the local variable
10254 with index
<code>local
</code> of the function at level
<code>level
</code> of the stack.
10255 The function returns
<b>nil
</b> if there is no local
10256 variable with the given index,
10257 and raises an error when called with a
<code>level
</code> out of range.
10258 (You can call
<code>getinfo
</code> to check whether the level is valid.)
10259 Otherwise, it returns the name of the local variable.
10263 See
<a href=
"#pdf-debug.getlocal"><code>debug.getlocal
</code></a> for more information about
10264 variable indices and names.
10270 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.setmetatable"><code>debug.setmetatable (value, table)
</code></a></h3>
10274 Sets the metatable for the given
<code>value
</code> to the given
<code>table
</code>
10275 (which can be
<b>nil
</b>).
10276 Returns
<code>value
</code>.
10282 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.setupvalue"><code>debug.setupvalue (f, up, value)
</code></a></h3>
10286 This function assigns the value
<code>value
</code> to the upvalue
10287 with index
<code>up
</code> of the function
<code>f
</code>.
10288 The function returns
<b>nil
</b> if there is no upvalue
10289 with the given index.
10290 Otherwise, it returns the name of the upvalue.
10296 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.setuservalue"><code>debug.setuservalue (udata, value)
</code></a></h3>
10300 Sets the given
<code>value
</code> as
10301 the Lua value associated to the given
<code>udata
</code>.
10302 <code>udata
</code> must be a full userdata.
10306 Returns
<code>udata
</code>.
10312 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.traceback"><code>debug.traceback ([thread,] [message [, level]])
</code></a></h3>
10316 If
<code>message
</code> is present but is neither a string nor
<b>nil
</b>,
10317 this function returns
<code>message
</code> without further processing.
10319 it returns a string with a traceback of the call stack.
10320 The optional
<code>message
</code> string is appended
10321 at the beginning of the traceback.
10322 An optional
<code>level
</code> number tells at which level
10323 to start the traceback
10324 (default is
1, the function calling
<code>traceback
</code>).
10330 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.upvalueid"><code>debug.upvalueid (f, n)
</code></a></h3>
10334 Returns a unique identifier (as a light userdata)
10335 for the upvalue numbered
<code>n
</code>
10336 from the given function.
10340 These unique identifiers allow a program to check whether different
10341 closures share upvalues.
10342 Lua closures that share an upvalue
10343 (that is, that access a same external local variable)
10344 will return identical ids for those upvalue indices.
10350 <hr><h3><a name=
"pdf-debug.upvaluejoin"><code>debug.upvaluejoin (f1, n1, f2, n2)
</code></a></h3>
10354 Make the
<code>n1
</code>-th upvalue of the Lua closure
<code>f1
</code>
10355 refer to the
<code>n2
</code>-th upvalue of the Lua closure
<code>f2
</code>.
10363 <h1>7 – <a name=
"7">Lua Standalone
</a></h1>
10366 Although Lua has been designed as an extension language,
10367 to be embedded in a host C
program,
10368 it is also frequently used as a standalone language.
10369 An interpreter for Lua as a standalone language,
10370 called simply
<code>lua
</code>,
10371 is provided with the standard distribution.
10372 The standalone interpreter includes
10373 all standard libraries, including the debug library.
10377 lua [options] [script [args]]
10382 <li><b><code>-e
<em>stat
</em></code>:
</b> executes string
<em>stat
</em>;
</li>
10383 <li><b><code>-l
<em>mod
</em></code>:
</b> "requires" <em>mod
</em>;
</li>
10384 <li><b><code>-i
</code>:
</b> enters interactive mode after running
<em>script
</em>;
</li>
10385 <li><b><code>-v
</code>:
</b> prints version information;
</li>
10386 <li><b><code>-E
</code>:
</b> ignores environment variables;
</li>
10387 <li><b><code>--
</code>:
</b> stops handling options;
</li>
10388 <li><b><code>-
</code>:
</b> executes
<code>stdin
</code> as a file and stops handling options.
</li>
10390 After handling its options,
<code>lua
</code> runs the given
<em>script
</em>.
10391 When called without arguments,
10392 <code>lua
</code> behaves as
<code>lua -v -i
</code>
10393 when the standard input (
<code>stdin
</code>) is a terminal,
10394 and as
<code>lua -
</code> otherwise.
10398 When called without option
<code>-E
</code>,
10399 the interpreter checks for an environment variable
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_INIT_5_3"><code>LUA_INIT_5_3
</code></a>
10400 (or
<a name=
"pdf-LUA_INIT"><code>LUA_INIT
</code></a> if the versioned name is not defined)
10401 before running any argument.
10402 If the variable content has the format
<code>@
<em>filename
</em></code>,
10403 then
<code>lua
</code> executes the file.
10404 Otherwise,
<code>lua
</code> executes the string itself.
10408 When called with option
<code>-E
</code>,
10409 besides ignoring
<code>LUA_INIT
</code>,
10411 the values of
<code>LUA_PATH
</code> and
<code>LUA_CPATH
</code>,
10412 setting the values of
10413 <a href=
"#pdf-package.path"><code>package.path
</code></a> and
<a href=
"#pdf-package.cpath"><code>package.cpath
</code></a>
10414 with the default paths defined in
<code>luaconf.h
</code>.
10418 All options are handled in order, except
<code>-i
</code> and
<code>-E
</code>.
10419 For instance, an invocation like
10422 $ lua -e'a=
1' -e 'print(a)' script.lua
10424 will first set
<code>a
</code> to
1, then print the value of
<code>a
</code>,
10425 and finally run the file
<code>script.lua
</code> with no arguments.
10426 (Here
<code>$
</code> is the shell prompt. Your prompt may be different.)
10430 Before running any code,
10431 <code>lua
</code> collects all command-line arguments
10432 in a global table called
<code>arg
</code>.
10433 The script name goes to index
0,
10434 the first argument after the script name goes to index
1,
10436 Any arguments before the script name
10437 (that is, the interpreter name plus its options)
10438 go to negative indices.
10439 For instance, in the call
10442 $ lua -la b.lua t1 t2
10444 the table is like this:
10447 arg = { [-
2] =
"lua", [-
1] =
"-la",
10449 [
1] =
"t1", [
2] =
"t2" }
10451 If there is no script in the call,
10452 the interpreter name goes to index
0,
10453 followed by the other arguments.
10454 For instance, the call
10457 $ lua -e
"print(arg[1])"
10459 will print
"<code>-e</code>".
10460 If there is a script,
10461 the script is called with parameters
10462 <code>arg[
1]
</code>,
···,
<code>arg[#arg]
</code>.
10463 (Like all chunks in Lua,
10464 the script is compiled as a vararg function.)
10468 In interactive mode,
10469 Lua repeatedly prompts and waits for a line.
10470 After reading a line,
10471 Lua first try to interpret the line as an expression.
10472 If it succeeds, it prints its value.
10473 Otherwise, it interprets the line as a statement.
10474 If you write an incomplete statement,
10475 the interpreter waits for its completion
10476 by issuing a different prompt.
10480 In case of unprotected errors in the script,
10481 the interpreter reports the error to the standard error stream.
10482 If the error object is not a string but
10483 has a metamethod
<code>__tostring
</code>,
10484 the interpreter calls this metamethod to produce the final message.
10485 Otherwise, the interpreter converts the error object to a string
10486 and adds a stack traceback to it.
10490 When finishing normally,
10491 the interpreter closes its main Lua state
10492 (see
<a href=
"#lua_close"><code>lua_close
</code></a>).
10493 The script can avoid this step by
10494 calling
<a href=
"#pdf-os.exit"><code>os.exit
</code></a> to terminate.
10498 To allow the use of Lua as a
10499 script interpreter in Unix systems,
10500 the standalone interpreter skips
10501 the first line of a chunk if it starts with
<code>#
</code>.
10502 Therefore, Lua scripts can be made into executable programs
10503 by using
<code>chmod +x
</code> and the
<code>#!
</code> form,
10507 #!/usr/local/bin/lua
10510 the location of the Lua interpreter may be different in your machine.
10511 If
<code>lua
</code> is in your
<code>PATH
</code>,
10517 is a more portable solution.)
10521 <h1>8 – <a name=
"8">Incompatibilities with the Previous Version
</a></h1>
10524 Here we list the incompatibilities that you may find when moving a program
10525 from Lua
5.2 to Lua
5.3.
10526 You can avoid some incompatibilities by compiling Lua with
10527 appropriate options (see file
<code>luaconf.h
</code>).
10529 all these compatibility options will be removed in the future.
10533 Lua versions can always change the C API in ways that
10534 do not imply source-code changes in a program,
10535 such as the numeric values for constants
10536 or the implementation of functions as macros.
10538 you should not assume that binaries are compatible between
10539 different Lua versions.
10540 Always recompile clients of the Lua API when
10541 using a new version.
10545 Similarly, Lua versions can always change the internal representation
10546 of precompiled chunks;
10547 precompiled chunks are not compatible between different Lua versions.
10551 The standard paths in the official distribution may
10552 change between versions.
10556 <h2>8.1 – <a name=
"8.1">Changes in the Language
</a></h2>
10560 The main difference between Lua
5.2 and Lua
5.3 is the
10561 introduction of an integer subtype for numbers.
10562 Although this change should not affect
"normal" computations,
10564 (mainly those that involve some kind of overflow)
10565 can give different results.
10569 You can fix these differences by forcing a number to be a float
10570 (in Lua
5.2 all numbers were float),
10571 in particular writing constants with an ending
<code>.0</code>
10572 or using
<code>x = x +
0.0</code> to convert a variable.
10573 (This recommendation is only for a quick fix
10574 for an occasional incompatibility;
10575 it is not a general guideline for good programming.
10576 For good programming,
10577 use floats where you need floats
10578 and integers where you need integers.)
10582 The conversion of a float to a string now adds a
<code>.0</code> suffix
10583 to the result if it looks like an integer.
10584 (For instance, the float
2.0 will be printed as
<code>2.0</code>,
10585 not as
<code>2</code>.)
10586 You should always use an explicit format
10587 when you need a specific format for numbers.
10591 (Formally this is not an incompatibility,
10592 because Lua does not specify how numbers are formatted as strings,
10593 but some programs assumed a specific format.)
10597 The generational mode for the garbage collector was removed.
10598 (It was an experimental feature in Lua
5.2.)
10606 <h2>8.2 – <a name=
"8.2">Changes in the Libraries
</a></h2>
10610 The
<code>bit32
</code> library has been deprecated.
10611 It is easy to require a compatible external library or,
10612 better yet, to replace its functions with appropriate bitwise operations.
10613 (Keep in mind that
<code>bit32
</code> operates on
32-bit integers,
10614 while the bitwise operators in Lua
5.3 operate on Lua integers,
10615 which by default have
64 bits.)
10619 The Table library now respects metamethods
10620 for setting and getting elements.
10624 The
<a href=
"#pdf-ipairs"><code>ipairs
</code></a> iterator now respects metamethods and
10625 its
<code>__ipairs
</code> metamethod has been deprecated.
10629 Option names in
<a href=
"#pdf-io.read"><code>io.read
</code></a> do not have a starting '
<code>*
</code>' anymore.
10630 For compatibility, Lua will continue to accept (and ignore) this character.
10634 The following functions were deprecated in the mathematical library:
10635 <code>atan2
</code>,
<code>cosh
</code>,
<code>sinh
</code>,
<code>tanh
</code>,
<code>pow
</code>,
10636 <code>frexp
</code>, and
<code>ldexp
</code>.
10637 You can replace
<code>math.pow(x,y)
</code> with
<code>x^y
</code>;
10638 you can replace
<code>math.atan2
</code> with
<code>math.atan
</code>,
10639 which now accepts one or two parameters;
10640 you can replace
<code>math.ldexp(x,exp)
</code> with
<code>x *
2.0^exp
</code>.
10641 For the other operations,
10642 you can either use an external library or
10643 implement them in Lua.
10647 The searcher for C loaders used by
<a href=
"#pdf-require"><code>require
</code></a>
10648 changed the way it handles versioned names.
10649 Now, the version should come after the module name
10650 (as is usual in most other tools).
10651 For compatibility, that searcher still tries the old format
10652 if it cannot find an open function according to the new style.
10653 (Lua
5.2 already worked that way,
10654 but it did not document the change.)
10658 The call
<code>collectgarbage(
"count")
</code> now returns only one result.
10659 (You can compute that second result from the fractional part
10660 of the first result.)
10668 <h2>8.3 – <a name=
"8.3">Changes in the API
</a></h2>
10674 Continuation functions now receive as parameters what they needed
10675 to get through
<code>lua_getctx
</code>,
10676 so
<code>lua_getctx
</code> has been removed.
10677 Adapt your code accordingly.
10681 Function
<a href=
"#lua_dump"><code>lua_dump
</code></a> has an extra parameter,
<code>strip
</code>.
10682 Use
0 as the value of this parameter to get the old behavior.
10686 Functions to inject/project unsigned integers
10687 (
<code>lua_pushunsigned
</code>,
<code>lua_tounsigned
</code>,
<code>lua_tounsignedx
</code>,
10688 <code>luaL_checkunsigned
</code>,
<code>luaL_optunsigned
</code>)
10690 Use their signed equivalents with a type cast.
10694 Macros to project non-default integer types
10695 (
<code>luaL_checkint
</code>,
<code>luaL_optint
</code>,
<code>luaL_checklong
</code>,
<code>luaL_optlong
</code>)
10697 Use their equivalent over
<a href=
"#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a> with a type cast
10698 (or, when possible, use
<a href=
"#lua_Integer"><code>lua_Integer
</code></a> in your code).
10706 <h1>9 – <a name=
"9">The Complete Syntax of Lua
</a></h1>
10709 Here is the complete syntax of Lua in extended BNF.
10710 As usual in extended BNF,
10711 {A} means
0 or more As,
10712 and [A] means an optional A.
10713 (For operator precedences, see
<a href=
"#3.4.8">§3.4.8</a>;
10714 for a description of the terminals
10716 and LiteralString, see
<a href=
"#3.1">§3.1</a>.)
10725 block ::= {stat} [retstat]
10727 stat ::=
‘<b>;
</b>’ |
10728 varlist
‘<b>=
</b>’ explist |
10733 <b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b> |
10734 <b>while
</b> exp
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b> |
10735 <b>repeat
</b> block
<b>until
</b> exp |
10736 <b>if
</b> exp
<b>then
</b> block {
<b>elseif
</b> exp
<b>then
</b> block} [
<b>else
</b> block]
<b>end
</b> |
10737 <b>for
</b> Name
‘<b>=
</b>’ exp
‘<b>,
</b>’ exp [
‘<b>,
</b>’ exp]
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b> |
10738 <b>for
</b> namelist
<b>in
</b> explist
<b>do
</b> block
<b>end
</b> |
10739 <b>function
</b> funcname funcbody |
10740 <b>local
</b> <b>function
</b> Name funcbody |
10741 <b>local
</b> namelist [
‘<b>=
</b>’ explist]
10743 retstat ::=
<b>return
</b> [explist] [
‘<b>;
</b>’]
10745 label ::=
‘<b>::
</b>’ Name
‘<b>::
</b>’
10747 funcname ::= Name {
‘<b>.
</b>’ Name} [
‘<b>:
</b>’ Name]
10749 varlist ::= var {
‘<b>,
</b>’ var}
10751 var ::= Name | prefixexp
‘<b>[
</b>’ exp
‘<b>]
</b>’ | prefixexp
‘<b>.
</b>’ Name
10753 namelist ::= Name {
‘<b>,
</b>’ Name}
10755 explist ::= exp {
‘<b>,
</b>’ exp}
10757 exp ::=
<b>nil
</b> |
<b>false
</b> |
<b>true
</b> | Numeral | LiteralString |
‘<b>...
</b>’ | functiondef |
10758 prefixexp | tableconstructor | exp binop exp | unop exp
10760 prefixexp ::= var | functioncall |
‘<b>(
</b>’ exp
‘<b>)
</b>’
10762 functioncall ::= prefixexp args | prefixexp
‘<b>:
</b>’ Name args
10764 args ::=
‘<b>(
</b>’ [explist]
‘<b>)
</b>’ | tableconstructor | LiteralString
10766 functiondef ::=
<b>function
</b> funcbody
10768 funcbody ::=
‘<b>(
</b>’ [parlist]
‘<b>)
</b>’ block
<b>end
</b>
10770 parlist ::= namelist [
‘<b>,
</b>’ ‘<b>...
</b>’] |
‘<b>...
</b>’
10772 tableconstructor ::=
‘<b>{
</b>’ [fieldlist]
‘<b>}
</b>’
10774 fieldlist ::= field {fieldsep field} [fieldsep]
10776 field ::=
‘<b>[
</b>’ exp
‘<b>]
</b>’ ‘<b>=
</b>’ exp | Name
‘<b>=
</b>’ exp | exp
10778 fieldsep ::=
‘<b>,
</b>’ |
‘<b>;
</b>’
10780 binop ::=
‘<b>+
</b>’ |
‘<b>-
</b>’ |
‘<b>*
</b>’ |
‘<b>/
</b>’ |
‘<b>//
</b>’ |
‘<b>^
</b>’ |
‘<b>%
</b>’ |
10781 ‘<b>&</b>’ |
‘<b>~
</b>’ |
‘<b>|
</b>’ |
‘<b>>></b>’ |
‘<b><<</b>’ |
‘<b>..
</b>’ |
10782 ‘<b><</b>’ |
‘<b><=
</b>’ |
‘<b>></b>’ |
‘<b>>=
</b>’ |
‘<b>==
</b>’ |
‘<b>~=
</b>’ |
10783 <b>and
</b> |
<b>or
</b>
10785 unop ::=
‘<b>-
</b>’ |
<b>not
</b> |
‘<b>#
</b>’ |
‘<b>~
</b>’
10800 Wed Jun
10 18:
31:
15 BRT
2015
10803 Last change: revised for Lua 5.3.1